TOMOYO Linux Cross Reference
Linux/include/net/mac80211.h

   /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
   /*
    * mac80211 <-> driver interface
    *
    * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
    * Copyright 2006-2007  Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
    * Copyright 2007-2010  Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
    * Copyright 2013-2014  Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
    * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
   * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2024 Intel Corporation
   */
  
  #ifndef MAC80211_H
  #define MAC80211_H
  
  #include <linux/bug.h>
  #include <linux/kernel.h>
  #include <linux/if_ether.h>
  #include <linux/skbuff.h>
  #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
  #include <linux/lockdep.h>
  #include <net/cfg80211.h>
  #include <net/codel.h>
  #include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
  #include <asm/unaligned.h>
  
  /**
   * DOC: Introduction
   *
   * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
   * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
   * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
   * drivers.
   */
  
  /**
   * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
   *
   * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
   * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
   * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
   * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
   * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
   * tasklet function.
   *
   * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
   *       use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
   */
  
  /**
   * DOC: Warning
   *
   * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
   * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
   */
  
  /**
   * DOC: Frame format
   *
   * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
   * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
   * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
   * hardware.
   *
   * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
   *
   * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
   * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
   *
   * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
   * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
   */
  
  /**
   * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
   *
   * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
   * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
   * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
   * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
   *
   * mac80211 will flush the workqueue upon interface removal and during
   * suspend.
   *
   * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
   *
   */
  
  /**
   * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
   *
   * mac80211 uses an intermediate queueing implementation, designed to allow the
   * driver to keep hardware queues short and to provide some fairness between
   * different stations/interfaces.
   *
   * Drivers must provide the .wake_tx_queue driver operation by either
   * linking it to ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue() or implementing a custom
   * handler.
   *
  * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
  * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
  * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
  *
  * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
  * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
  *
  * The driver can't access the internal TX queues (iTXQs) directly.
  * Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue
  * driver op.
  * Drivers implementing a custom .wake_tx_queue op can get them by calling
  * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Drivers using ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue() will
  * simply get the individual frames pushed via the .tx driver operation.
  *
  * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
  * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
  * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
  * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
  * ieee80211_return_txq().
  *
  * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
  * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
  * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
  * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
  * .release_buffered_frames().
  * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
  * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
  * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
  */
 
 /**
  * DOC: HW timestamping
  *
  * Timing Measurement and Fine Timing Measurement require accurate timestamps
  * of the action frames TX/RX and their respective acks.
  *
  * To report hardware timestamps for Timing Measurement or Fine Timing
  * Measurement frame RX, the low level driver should set the SKB's hwtstamp
  * field to the frame RX timestamp and report the ack TX timestamp in the
  * ieee80211_rx_status struct.
  *
  * Similarly, to report hardware timestamps for Timing Measurement or Fine
  * Timing Measurement frame TX, the driver should set the SKB's hwtstamp field
  * to the frame TX timestamp and report the ack RX timestamp in the
  * ieee80211_tx_status struct.
  */
 struct device;
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
  *
  * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
  * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
  */
 enum ieee80211_max_queues {
         IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES =          16,
         IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP =       BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE        0xff
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
  * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
  * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
  * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
  * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
  */
 enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
         IEEE80211_AC_VO         = 0,
         IEEE80211_AC_VI         = 1,
         IEEE80211_AC_BE         = 2,
         IEEE80211_AC_BK         = 3,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
  *
  * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
  * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
  *
  * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
  * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
  *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
  * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
  * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
  * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
  * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
  * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
  * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
  */
 struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
         u16 txop;
         u16 cw_min;
         u16 cw_max;
         u8 aifs;
         bool acm;
         bool uapsd;
         bool mu_edca;
         struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
 };
 
 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
         unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
         unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
         unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
         unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
  *      this is used only with channel switching with CSA
  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_AP: The AP channel definition changed, so (wider
  *      bandwidth) OFDMA settings need to be changed
  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_PUNCTURING: The punctured channel(s) bitmap
  *      was changed.
  */
 enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
         IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH          = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS      = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR          = BIT(2),
         IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL        = BIT(3),
         IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH      = BIT(4),
         IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_AP             = BIT(5),
         IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_PUNCTURING     = BIT(6),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_chan_req - A channel "request"
  * @oper: channel definition to use for operation
  * @ap: the channel definition of the AP, if any
  *      (otherwise the chan member is %NULL)
  */
 struct ieee80211_chan_req {
         struct cfg80211_chan_def oper;
         struct cfg80211_chan_def ap;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
  *
  * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
  * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
  *
  * @def: the channel definition
  * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
  * @ap: the channel definition the AP actually is operating as,
  *      for use with (wider bandwidth) OFDMA
  * @radio_idx: index of the wiphy radio used used for this channel
  * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
  *      active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
  * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
  *      after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
  *      this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
  * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
  * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
  *      sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
  */
 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
         struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
         struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
         struct cfg80211_chan_def ap;
 
         int radio_idx;
         u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
 
         bool radar_enabled;
 
         u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
  * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
  *      exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
  *      needs to be switched from one to the other.
  * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
  *      to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
  *      will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
  *      from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
  *      implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
  *      hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
  *      will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
  *      for changes/removal.)
  */
 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
         CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
         CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
  *
  * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
  * needs to switch from one chanctx to another.  The
  * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
  * done.
  *
  * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
  * @link_conf: the link conf that's switching
  * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
  * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
  */
 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
         struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
         struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf;
         struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
         struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
  *
  * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed(), link_info_changed()
  * and vif_cfg_changed() callbacks to indicate which parameter(s) changed.
  *
  * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
  *      also implies a change in the AID.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
  *      reason (IBSS and managed mode)
  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
  *      new beacon (beaconing modes)
  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
  *      enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
  * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
  *      that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
  * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
  * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
  * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
  * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
  *      changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
  *      currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
  *      note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
  *      context had been assigned.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
  *      keep alive) changed.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
  * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fine timing measurement request responder
  *      functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
  * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR: BSS Color has changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY: FILS discovery status changed.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
  *      status changed.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_MLD_VALID_LINKS: MLD valid links status changed.
  * @BSS_CHANGED_MLD_TTLM: negotiated TID to link mapping was changed
  * @BSS_CHANGED_TPE: transmit power envelope changed
  */
 enum ieee80211_bss_change {
         BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC               = 1<<0,
         BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT        = 1<<1,
         BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE        = 1<<2,
         BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT            = 1<<3,
         BSS_CHANGED_HT                  = 1<<4,
         BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES         = 1<<5,
         BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT          = 1<<6,
         BSS_CHANGED_BSSID               = 1<<7,
         BSS_CHANGED_BEACON              = 1<<8,
         BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED      = 1<<9,
         BSS_CHANGED_CQM                 = 1<<10,
         BSS_CHANGED_IBSS                = 1<<11,
         BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER          = 1<<12,
         BSS_CHANGED_QOS                 = 1<<13,
         BSS_CHANGED_IDLE                = 1<<14,
         BSS_CHANGED_SSID                = 1<<15,
         BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP       = 1<<16,
         BSS_CHANGED_PS                  = 1<<17,
         BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER             = 1<<18,
         BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS              = 1<<19,
         BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO         = 1<<20,
         BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH           = 1<<21,
         BSS_CHANGED_OCB                 = 1<<22,
         BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS           = 1<<23,
         BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE          = 1<<24,
         BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE          = 1<<25,
         BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER       = 1<<26,
         BSS_CHANGED_TWT                 = 1<<27,
         BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD          = 1<<28,
         BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR        = 1<<29,
         BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY      = 1<<30,
         BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = BIT_ULL(31),
         BSS_CHANGED_MLD_VALID_LINKS     = BIT_ULL(33),
         BSS_CHANGED_MLD_TTLM            = BIT_ULL(34),
         BSS_CHANGED_TPE                 = BIT_ULL(35),
 
         /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
 };
 
 /*
  * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
  * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
  * filtering will be disabled.
  */
 #define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
  * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
  * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
  * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
  * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
  *      they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
  *      once each time the timeout triggers.
  */
 enum ieee80211_event_type {
         RSSI_EVENT,
         MLME_EVENT,
         BAR_RX_EVENT,
         BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
  * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
  * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
  */
 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
         RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
         RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
  * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
  */
 struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
         enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
  * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
  * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
  * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
  * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
  */
 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
         AUTH_EVENT,
         ASSOC_EVENT,
         DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
         DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
  * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
  * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
  * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
  */
 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
         MLME_SUCCESS,
         MLME_DENIED,
         MLME_TIMEOUT,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
  * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
  * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
  * @reason: the reason code if applicable
  */
 struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
         enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
         enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
         u16 reason;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
  * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
  * @tid: the tid
  * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
  */
 struct ieee80211_ba_event {
         struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
         u16 tid;
         u16 ssn;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
  * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
  * @u.rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
  * @u.mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
  * @u.ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
  * @u:union holding the fields above
  */
 struct ieee80211_event {
         enum ieee80211_event_type type;
         union {
                 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
                 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
                 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
         } u;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
  *
  * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
  *
  * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
  * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
  */
 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
         u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
         u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
  *
  * @lci: LCI subelement content
  * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
  * @lci_len: LCI data length
  * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
  */
 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
         const u8 *lci;
         const u8 *civicloc;
         size_t lci_len;
         size_t civicloc_len;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
  * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
  *
  * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
  * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
  */
 struct ieee80211_fils_discovery {
         u32 min_interval;
         u32 max_interval;
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_TPE_EIRP_ENTRIES_320MHZ       5
 struct ieee80211_parsed_tpe_eirp {
         bool valid;
         s8 power[IEEE80211_TPE_EIRP_ENTRIES_320MHZ];
         u8 count;
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_TPE_PSD_ENTRIES_320MHZ        16
 struct ieee80211_parsed_tpe_psd {
         bool valid;
         s8 power[IEEE80211_TPE_PSD_ENTRIES_320MHZ];
         u8 count, n;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_parsed_tpe - parsed transmit power envelope information
  * @max_local: maximum local EIRP, one value for 20, 40, 80, 160, 320 MHz each
  *      (indexed by TX power category)
  * @max_reg_client: maximum regulatory client EIRP, one value for 20, 40, 80,
  *      160, 320 MHz each
  *      (indexed by TX power category)
  * @psd_local: maximum local power spectral density, one value for each 20 MHz
  *      subchannel per bss_conf's chanreq.oper
  *      (indexed by TX power category)
  * @psd_reg_client: maximum regulatory power spectral density, one value for
  *      each 20 MHz subchannel per bss_conf's chanreq.oper
  *      (indexed by TX power category)
  */
 struct ieee80211_parsed_tpe {
         struct ieee80211_parsed_tpe_eirp max_local[2], max_reg_client[2];
         struct ieee80211_parsed_tpe_psd psd_local[2], psd_reg_client[2];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
  *
  * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
  * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
  *
  * @vif: reference to owning VIF
  * @bss: the cfg80211 bss descriptor. Valid only for a station, and only
  *      when associated. Note: This contains information which is not
  *      necessarily authenticated. For example, information coming from probe
  *      responses.
  * @addr: (link) address used locally
  * @link_id: link ID, or 0 for non-MLO
  * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
  * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
  * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
  * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
  * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
  * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
  *      mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
  * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
  *      mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
  * @twt_protected: does this BSS support protected TWT frames
  * @twt_broadcast: does this BSS support broadcast TWT
  * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
  * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
  * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
  * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
  *      valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
  *      with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
  * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
  *      as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
  *      HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
  *      only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
  *      association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
  *      %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
  * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
  *      the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
  *      (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
  * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
  *      is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
  *      IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
  *      by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
  *      guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
  *      Note also that this is not used with MLD associations, mac80211 doesn't
  *      know how to track beacons for all of the links for this.
  * @beacon_int: beacon interval
  * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
  *      index into the rate table configured by the driver in
  *      the current band.
  * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
  * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
  * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
  * @chanreq: Channel request for this BSS -- the hardware might be
  *      configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
  * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
  * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
  *      This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
  *      Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
  *      be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
  * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
  *      implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
  *      cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
  *      relation to the newly configured threshold.
  * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
  *      implies disabled.  This is an alternative mechanism to the single
  *      threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
  * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
  * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
  * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
  * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
  * @txpower: TX power in dBm.  INT_MIN means not configured.
  * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
  *      Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
  *      TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
  *      NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
  *      userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
  *      NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
  * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
  * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
  *      to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
  *      if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
  * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
  *      transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
  *      In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
  *      a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
  * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
  *      protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
  *      station.
  * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
  *      responder functionality.
  * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
  * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
  * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
  * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
  * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
  * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
  *      nontransmitted BSSIDs
  * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
  *      in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
  * @he_oper: HE operation information of the BSS (AP/Mesh) or of the AP we are
  *      connected to (STA)
  * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters.
  * @he_bss_color: BSS coloring settings, if BSS supports HE
  * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery configuration
  * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
  *      interval.
  * @beacon_tx_rate: The configured beacon transmit rate that needs to be passed
  *      to driver when rate control is offloaded to firmware.
  * @power_type: power type of BSS for 6 GHz
  * @tpe: transmit power envelope information
  * @pwr_reduction: power constraint of BSS.
  * @eht_support: does this BSS support EHT
  * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on.
  * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
  * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
  *      when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
  *      path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
  *      be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
  *      processed after it switches back to %NULL.
  * @color_change_active: marks whether a color change is ongoing.
  * @color_change_color: the bss color that will be used after the change.
  * @ht_ldpc: in AP mode, indicates interface has HT LDPC capability.
  * @vht_ldpc: in AP mode, indicates interface has VHT LDPC capability.
  * @he_ldpc: in AP mode, indicates interface has HE LDPC capability.
  * @vht_su_beamformer: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT SU
  *      beamformer
  * @vht_su_beamformee: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT SU
  *      beamformee
  * @vht_mu_beamformer: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT MU
  *      beamformer
  * @vht_mu_beamformee: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT MU
  *      beamformee
  * @he_su_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE SU
  *      beamformer
  * @he_su_beamformee: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE SU
  *      beamformee
  * @he_mu_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE MU
  *      beamformer
  * @he_full_ul_mumimo: does this BSS support the reception (AP) or transmission
  *      (non-AP STA) of an HE TB PPDU on an RU that spans the entire PPDU
  *      bandwidth
  * @eht_su_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS enable operation as an EHT SU
  *      beamformer
  * @eht_su_beamformee: in AP-mode, does this BSS enable operation as an EHT SU
  *      beamformee
  * @eht_mu_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS enable operation as an EHT MU
  *      beamformer
  * @eht_80mhz_full_bw_ul_mumimo: in AP-mode, does this BSS support the
  *      reception of an EHT TB PPDU on an RU that spans the entire PPDU
  *      bandwidth
  */
 struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
         struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
         struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
 
         const u8 *bssid;
         unsigned int link_id;
         u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
         bool uora_exists;
         u8 uora_ocw_range;
         u16 frame_time_rts_th;
         bool he_support;
         bool twt_requester;
         bool twt_responder;
         bool twt_protected;
         bool twt_broadcast;
         /* erp related data */
         bool use_cts_prot;
         bool use_short_preamble;
         bool use_short_slot;
         bool enable_beacon;
         u8 dtim_period;
         u16 beacon_int;
         u16 assoc_capability;
         u64 sync_tsf;
         u32 sync_device_ts;
         u8 sync_dtim_count;
         u32 basic_rates;
         struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
         int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
         u16 ht_operation_mode;
         s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
         u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
         s32 cqm_rssi_low;
         s32 cqm_rssi_high;
         struct ieee80211_chan_req chanreq;
         struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
         bool qos;
         bool hidden_ssid;
         int txpower;
         enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
         struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
         bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
         u16 max_idle_period;
         bool protected_keep_alive;
         bool ftm_responder;
         struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
         /* Multiple BSSID data */
         bool nontransmitted;
         u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
         u8 bssid_index;
         u8 bssid_indicator;
         bool ema_ap;
         u8 profile_periodicity;
         struct {
                 u32 params;
                 u16 nss_set;
         } he_oper;
         struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
         struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
         struct ieee80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
         u32 unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval;
         struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_tx_rate;
         enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power power_type;
 
         struct ieee80211_parsed_tpe tpe;
 
         u8 pwr_reduction;
         bool eht_support;
 
         bool csa_active;
 
         bool mu_mimo_owner;
         struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
 
         bool color_change_active;
         u8 color_change_color;
 
         bool ht_ldpc;
         bool vht_ldpc;
         bool he_ldpc;
         bool vht_su_beamformer;
         bool vht_su_beamformee;
         bool vht_mu_beamformer;
         bool vht_mu_beamformee;
         bool he_su_beamformer;
         bool he_su_beamformee;
         bool he_mu_beamformer;
         bool he_full_ul_mumimo;
         bool eht_su_beamformer;
         bool eht_su_beamformee;
         bool eht_mu_beamformer;
         bool eht_80mhz_full_bw_ul_mumimo;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
  *
  * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
  *      number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
  *      number and increasing the sequence number only when the
  *      IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
  *      assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
  *      for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
  *      that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
  *      If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
  *      assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
  *      802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
  *      beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
  *      station
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
  *      because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
  *      avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
  *      firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
  *      went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
  *      the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
  *      that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
  *      since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
  *      hardware queue.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
  *      is for the whole aggregation.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
  *      so consider using block ack request (BAR).
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
  *      set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
  *      be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
  *      that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
  *      off-channel operation.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP: This frame uses hardware encapsulation
  *      (header conversion)
  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
  *      used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
  *      used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
  *      frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
  *      be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
  *      transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
  *      by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
  *      queue gets full.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
  *      after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
  *      be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
  *      code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
  *      should kick the MLME state machine.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
  *      MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
  *      status to user space)
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
  *      frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
  *      the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
  *      in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
  *      handled properly by the device.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
  *      testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
  *      TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
  *      This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
  *      frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
  *      when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
  *      an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
  *      the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
  *      PS-Poll responses.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
  *      This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
  *      the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
  *      would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
  *      monitor injection).
  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
  *      IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
  *      any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
  *      This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
  *      behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
  *
  * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
  *       forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
  */
 enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS          = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ             = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK                 = BIT(2),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT          = BIT(3),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT         = BIT(4),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM        = BIT(5),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU                  = BIT(6),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED               = BIT(7),
         IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED           = BIT(8),
         IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK                   = BIT(9),
         IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU                 = BIT(10),
         IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK         = BIT(11),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE        = BIT(12),
         IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK        = BIT(13),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP         = BIT(14),
         IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED              = BIT(15),
         IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT         = BIT(16),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER           = BIT(17),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES            = BIT(18),
         IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION       = BIT(19),
         IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX         = BIT(20),
         IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX     = BIT(21),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC                   = BIT(22),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC                   = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN             = BIT(25),
         IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE     = BIT(26),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE            = BIT(27),
         IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP                = BIT(28),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE            = BIT(29),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG               = BIT(30),
         IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED     = BIT(31),
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT             23
 
 #define IEEE80211_TX_RC_S1G_MCS IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS
 
 /**
  * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
  *
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
  *      protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
  *      frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
  *      used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
  *      it can be sent out.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO: Do not overwrite the sequence number that
  *      has already been assigned to this frame.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER: This frame should not be reordered
  *      relative to other frames that have this flag set, independent
  *      of their QoS TID or other priority field values.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MCAST_MLO_FIRST_TX: first MLO TX, used mostly internally
  *      for sequence number assignment
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SCAN_TX: Indicates that this frame is transmitted
  *      due to scanning, not in normal operation on the interface.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK: If not @IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED, this
  *      frame should be transmitted on the specific link. This really is
  *      only relevant for frames that do not have data present, and is
  *      also not used for 802.3 format frames. Note that even if the frame
  *      is on a specific link, address translation might still apply if
  *      it's intended for an MLD.
  *
  * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
  */
 enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO       = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE           = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT           = BIT(2),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU                 = BIT(3),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT             = BIT(4),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP     = BIT(5),
         IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING   = BIT(6),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO              = BIT(7),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER          = BIT(8),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MCAST_MLO_FIRST_TX    = BIT(9),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SCAN_TX               = BIT(10),
         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK              = 0xf0000000,
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED      0xf
 #define IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK_UNSPEC       \
         u32_encode_bits(IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED, \
                         IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK)
 
 /**
  * enum mac80211_tx_status_flags - flags to describe transmit status
  *
  * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_ACK_SIGNAL_VALID: ACK signal is valid
  *
  * These flags are used in tx_info->status.flags.
  */
 enum mac80211_tx_status_flags {
         IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_ACK_SIGNAL_VALID = BIT(0),
 };
 
 /*
  * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
  * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
  */
 #define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK |               \
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT |    \
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU |           \
         IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK |               \
         IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK |           \
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER |    \
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC |                \
         IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
 
 /**
  * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
  *      Rate Control algorithm.
  *
  * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
  * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
  *      This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
  *      into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
  *      Greenfield mode.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
  *      (80+80 isn't supported yet)
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
  *      adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
  *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
  */
 enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS             = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT         = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE      = BIT(2),
 
         /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS                     = BIT(3),
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD             = BIT(4),
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH            = BIT(5),
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA                = BIT(6),
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI                = BIT(7),
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS                 = BIT(8),
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH            = BIT(9),
         IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH           = BIT(10),
 };
 
 
 /* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
 #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
 
 /* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
 #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
 
 /* maximum number of rate stages */
 #define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES  4
 
 /* maximum number of rate table entries */
 #define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE    4
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
  *
  * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
  * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
  * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
  *
  * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
  * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
  *
  * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
  * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
  *
  * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
  * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
  * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
  * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
  * information::
  *
  *    { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
  *
  * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
  * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
  * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
  * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
  * information should then contain::
  *
  *   { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
  *
  * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
  * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
  */
 struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
         s8 idx;
         u16 count:5,
             flags:11;
 } __packed;
 
 #define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY          31
 
 static inline bool ieee80211_rate_valid(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
 {
         return rate->idx >= 0 && rate->count > 0;
 }
 
 static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
                                           u8 mcs, u8 nss)
 {
         WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
         WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
         rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
 }
 
 static inline u8
 ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
 {
         return rate->idx & 0xF;
 }
 
 static inline u8
 ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
 {
         return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
 }
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
  *
  * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
  *  (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
  *  (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
  *  (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
  *
  * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
  * @band: the band to transmit on (use e.g. for checking for races),
  *      not valid if the interface is an MLD since we won't know which
  *      link the frame will be transmitted on
  * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
  * @status_data: internal data for TX status handling, assigned privately,
  *      see also &enum ieee80211_status_data for the internal documentation
  * @status_data_idr: indicates status data is IDR allocated ID for ack frame
  * @tx_time_est: TX time estimate in units of 4us, used internally
  * @control: union part for control data
  * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
  * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
  * @control.use_rts: use RTS
  * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
  * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
  * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
  * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
  * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
  * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
  * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
  * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
  * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
  * @pad: padding
  * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
  * @status: union part for status data
  * @status.rates: attempted rates
  * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
  * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
  * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
  * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
  * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission; note this is only
  *      used for WMM AC, not for airtime fairness
  * @status.flags: status flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_status_flags
  * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
  * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
  * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
  * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
  */
 struct ieee80211_tx_info {
         /* common information */
         u32 flags;
         u32 band:3,
             status_data_idr:1,
             status_data:13,
             hw_queue:4,
             tx_time_est:10;
         /* 1 free bit */
 
         union {
                 struct {
                         union {
                                 /* rate control */
                                 struct {
                                         struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
                                                 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
                                         s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
                                         u8 use_rts:1;
                                         u8 use_cts_prot:1;
                                         u8 short_preamble:1;
                                         u8 skip_table:1;
 
                                         /* for injection only (bitmap) */
                                         u8 antennas:2;
 
                                         /* 14 bits free */
                                 };
                                 /* only needed before rate control */
                                 unsigned long jiffies;
                         };
                         /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
                         struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
                         struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
                         u32 flags;
                         codel_time_t enqueue_time;
                 } control;
                 struct {
                         u64 cookie;
                 } ack;
                 struct {
                         struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
                         s32 ack_signal;
                         u8 ampdu_ack_len;
                         u8 ampdu_len;
                         u8 antenna;
                         u8 pad;
                         u16 tx_time;
                         u8 flags;
                         u8 pad2;
                         void *status_driver_data[16 / sizeof(void *)];
                 } status;
                 struct {
                         struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
                                 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
                         u8 pad[4];
 
                         void *rate_driver_data[
                                 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
                 };
                 void *driver_data[
                         IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
         };
 };
 
 static inline u16
 ieee80211_info_set_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, u16 tx_time_est)
 {
         /* We only have 10 bits in tx_time_est, so store airtime
          * in increments of 4us and clamp the maximum to 2**12-1
          */
         info->tx_time_est = min_t(u16, tx_time_est, 4095) >> 2;
         return info->tx_time_est << 2;
 }
 
 static inline u16
 ieee80211_info_get_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
 {
         return info->tx_time_est << 2;
 }
 
 /***
  * struct ieee80211_rate_status - mrr stage for status path
  *
  * This struct is used in struct ieee80211_tx_status to provide drivers a
  * dynamic way to report about used rates and power levels per packet.
  *
  * @rate_idx The actual used rate.
  * @try_count How often the rate was tried.
  * @tx_power_idx An idx into the ieee80211_hw->tx_power_levels list of the
  *      corresponding wifi hardware. The idx shall point to the power level
  *      that was used when sending the packet.
  */
 struct ieee80211_rate_status {
         struct rate_info rate_idx;
         u8 try_count;
         u8 tx_power_idx;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx status info for rate control
  *
  * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
  * @info: Basic tx status information
  * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
  * @rates: Mrr stages that were used when sending the packet
  * @n_rates: Number of mrr stages (count of instances for @rates)
  * @free_list: list where processed skbs are stored to be free'd by the driver
  * @ack_hwtstamp: Hardware timestamp of the received ack in nanoseconds
  *      Only needed for Timing measurement and Fine timing measurement action
  *      frames. Only reported by devices that have timestamping enabled.
  */
 struct ieee80211_tx_status {
         struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
         struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
         struct sk_buff *skb;
         struct ieee80211_rate_status *rates;
         ktime_t ack_hwtstamp;
         u8 n_rates;
 
         struct list_head *free_list;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
  *
  * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
  * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
  * and the ones generated by mac80211.
  *
  * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
  * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
  * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
  * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
  */
 struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
         const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
         size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
         const u8 *common_ies;
         size_t common_ie_len;
 };
 
 
 static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
 {
         return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
 }
 
 static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
 {
         return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
  *
  * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
  *
  * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
  * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
  * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
  * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
  *
  * NOTE: While the rates array is kept intact, this will wipe all of the
  *       driver_data fields in info, so it's up to the driver to restore
  *       any fields it needs after calling this helper.
  */
 static inline void
 ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
 {
         int i;
 
         BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
                      offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
         BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
                      offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
         BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
         /* clear the rate counts */
         for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
                 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
         memset_after(&info->status, 0, rates);
 }
 
 
 /**
  * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
  *
  * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
  * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
  *      Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
  * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
  * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
  *      verification has been done by the hardware.
  * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
  *      If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
  *      hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
  * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
  *      flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
  *      Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
  *      is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
  * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
  *      de-duplication by itself.
  * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
  *      the frame.
  * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
  *      the frame.
  * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
  *      field) is valid if this field is non-zero, and the position
  *      where the timestamp was sampled depends on the value.
  * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
  *      field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
  *      was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
  *      merging.
  * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
  *      field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
  *      (including FCS) was received.
  * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
  *      field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
  * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_IS_RTAP_TS64: The timestamp passed in the RX status @mactime
  *      is only for use in the radiotap timestamp header, not otherwise a valid
  *      @mactime value. Note this is a separate flag so that we continue to see
  *      %RX_FLAG_MACTIME as unset. Also note that in this case the timestamp is
  *      reported to be 64 bits wide, not just 32.
  * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
  *      Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
  *      number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
  *      each A-MPDU
  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
  *      subframes of a single A-MPDU
  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
  *      on this subframe
  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
  *      is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
  * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
  *      done by the hardware
  * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
  *      processing it in any regular way.
  *      This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
  *      them for sniffing purposes.
  * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
  *      monitor interfaces.
  *      This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
  *      them for sniffing purposes.
  * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
  *      subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
  *      All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
  *      if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
  *      the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
  *      deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
  *      subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
  *      either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
  *      interleaved with other frames.
  * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_TLV_AT_END: This frame contains radiotap TLVs in the
  *      skb->data (before the 802.11 header).
  *      If used, the SKB's mac_header pointer must be set to point
  *      to the 802.11 header after the TLVs, and any padding added after TLV
  *      data to align to 4 must be cleared by the driver putting the TLVs
  *      in the skb.
  * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
  *      This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
  *      the first subframe.
  * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
  *      be done in the hardware.
  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
  *      frame
  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
  * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
  *      (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
  *      
  *       - DATA3_DATA_MCS
  *       - DATA3_DATA_DCM
  *       - DATA3_CODING
  *       - DATA5_GI
  *       - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
  *       - DATA6_NSTS
  *       - DATA3_STBC
  *      
  *      from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
  * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
  *      (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
  * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
  * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
  *      the "0-length PSDU" field included there.  The value for it is
  *      in &struct ieee80211_rx_status.  Note that if this value isn't
  *      known the frame shouldn't be reported.
  * @RX_FLAG_8023: the frame has an 802.3 header (decap offload performed by
  *      hardware or driver)
  */
 enum mac80211_rx_flags {
         RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR              = BIT(0),
         RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED               = BIT(1),
         RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR            = BIT(2),
         RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED           = BIT(3),
         RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED             = BIT(4),
         RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC          = BIT(5),
         RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC         = BIT(6),
         RX_FLAG_MACTIME_IS_RTAP_TS64    = BIT(7),
         RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL           = BIT(8),
         RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS           = BIT(9),
         RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED            = BIT(10),
         RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED           = BIT(11),
         RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN        = BIT(12),
         RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST           = BIT(13),
         RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR   = BIT(14),
         RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN   = BIT(15),
         RX_FLAG_MACTIME                 = BIT(16) | BIT(17),
         RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START      = 1 << 16,
         RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START           = 2 << 16,
         RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END             = 3 << 16,
         RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR            = BIT(18),
         RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE              = BIT(19),
         RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_TLV_AT_END     = BIT(20),
         RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED            = BIT(21),
         RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN           = BIT(22),
         RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED            = BIT(23),
         RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT           = BIT(24),
         RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN     = BIT(25),
         RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE             = BIT(26),
         RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU          = BIT(27),
         RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG           = BIT(28),
         RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU                 = BIT(29),
         RX_FLAG_8023                    = BIT(30),
 };
 
 /**
  * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
  *
  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
  *      if the driver fills this value it should add
  *      %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
  *      to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
  */
 enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
         RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE            = BIT(0),
         RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI            = BIT(2),
         RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF               = BIT(3),
         RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK           = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
         RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC                = BIT(6),
         RX_ENC_FLAG_BF                  = BIT(7),
 };
 
 #define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT          4
 
 enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
         RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
         RX_ENC_HT,
         RX_ENC_VHT,
         RX_ENC_HE,
         RX_ENC_EHT,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
  *
  * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
  * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
  * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
  *
  * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
  *      (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
  * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
  *      needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
  * @ack_tx_hwtstamp: Hardware timestamp for the ack TX in nanoseconds. Only
  *      needed for Timing measurement and Fine timing measurement action frames.
  *      Only reported by devices that have timestamping enabled.
  * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
  *      it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
  * @band: the active band when this frame was received
  * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
  *      This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
  *      for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
  * @freq_offset: @freq has a positive offset of 500Khz.
  * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
  *      unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
  *      @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
  * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
  *      values were filled.
  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
  *      support dB or unspecified units)
  * @antenna: antenna used
  * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
  *      HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
  * @nss: number of streams (VHT, HE and EHT only)
  * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
  * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
  * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
  * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
  * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
  * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
  * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
  * @eht: EHT specific rate information
  * @eht.ru: EHT RU, from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc
  * @eht.gi: EHT GI, from &enum nl80211_eht_gi
  * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
  * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
  *      each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
  * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
  * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
  * @link_valid: if the link which is identified by @link_id is valid. This flag
  *      is set only when connection is MLO.
  * @link_id: id of the link used to receive the packet. This is used along with
  *      @link_valid.
  */
 struct ieee80211_rx_status {
         u64 mactime;
         union {
                 u64 boottime_ns;
                 ktime_t ack_tx_hwtstamp;
         };
         u32 device_timestamp;
         u32 ampdu_reference;
         u32 flag;
         u16 freq: 13, freq_offset: 1;
         u8 enc_flags;
         u8 encoding:3, bw:4;
         union {
                 struct {
                         u8 he_ru:3;
                         u8 he_gi:2;
                         u8 he_dcm:1;
                 };
                 struct {
                         u8 ru:4;
                         u8 gi:2;
                 } eht;
         };
         u8 rate_idx;
         u8 nss;
         u8 rx_flags;
         u8 band;
         u8 antenna;
         s8 signal;
         u8 chains;
         s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
         u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
         u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
         u8 link_valid:1, link_id:4;
 };
 
 static inline u32
 ieee80211_rx_status_to_khz(struct ieee80211_rx_status *rx_status)
 {
         return MHZ_TO_KHZ(rx_status->freq) +
                (rx_status->freq_offset ? 500 : 0);
 }
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
  *
  * Flags to define PHY configuration options
  *
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
  *      to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
  *      or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
  *      This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
  *      meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
  *      transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
  *      Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
  *      driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
  *      for more.
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
  *      the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
  *      may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
  *      be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
  *      it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
  *      operating channel.
  */
 enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
         IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR          = (1<<0),
         IEEE80211_CONF_PS               = (1<<1),
         IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE             = (1<<2),
         IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL       = (1<<3),
 };
 
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
  *
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
  *      Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
  *      otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
  */
 enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
         IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS              = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL   = BIT(2),
         IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR           = BIT(3),
         IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS                = BIT(4),
         IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER             = BIT(5),
         IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL           = BIT(6),
         IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS      = BIT(7),
         IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE              = BIT(8),
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
  *
  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
  */
 enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
         IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
         IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
         IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
         IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
 
         /* keep last */
         IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
  *
  * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
  *
  * @flags: configuration flags defined above
  *
  * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
  * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
  *      in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
  *      has been received and the DTIM period is known.
  * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
  *      powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
  *      the CONF_PS flag is set.
  *
  * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
  *      value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
  *
  * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
  * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
  *
  * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
  *      (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
  *      but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
  * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
  *      frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
  *      number of transmissions not the number of retries
  *
  * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
  *      %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
  *      configured for an HT channel.
  *      Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
  *      otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
  */
 struct ieee80211_conf {
         u32 flags;
         int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
 
         u16 listen_interval;
         u8 ps_dtim_period;
 
         u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
 
         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
         bool radar_enabled;
         enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
  *
  * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
  * operation.
  *
  * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
  *      Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
  *      announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
  *      the driver passed into mac80211.
  * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
  *      rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
  * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
  *      scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
  * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
  * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
  * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
  *      current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
  *      channel, expressed in TU.
  * @link_id: the link ID of the link doing the channel switch, 0 for non-MLO
  */
 struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
         u64 timestamp;
         u32 device_timestamp;
         bool block_tx;
         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
         u8 count;
         u8 link_id;
         u32 delay;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
  *
  * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
  *      on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
  * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
  *      monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
  *      connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
  *      provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
  * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
  *      interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
  *      but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
  *      only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
  * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
  *      and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
  *      this is not pure P2P vif.
  * @IEEE80211_VIF_EML_ACTIVE: The driver indicates that EML operation is
  *      enabled for the interface.
  * @IEEE80211_VIF_IGNORE_OFDMA_WIDER_BW: Ignore wider bandwidth OFDMA
  *      operation on this interface and request a channel context without
  *      the AP definition. Use this e.g. because the device is able to
  *      handle OFDMA (downlink and trigger for uplink) on a per-AP basis.
  */
 enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
         IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER             = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI         = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD            = BIT(2),
         IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE            = BIT(3),
         IEEE80211_VIF_EML_ACTIVE                = BIT(4),
         IEEE80211_VIF_IGNORE_OFDMA_WIDER_BW     = BIT(5),
 };
 
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_offload_flags - virtual interface offload flags
  *
  * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED: tx encapsulation offload is enabled
  *      The driver supports sending frames passed as 802.3 frames by mac80211.
  *      It must also support sending 802.11 packets for the same interface.
  * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR: support 4-address mode encapsulation offload
  * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED: rx encapsulation offload is enabled
  *      The driver supports passing received 802.11 frames as 802.3 frames to
  *      mac80211.
  */
 
 enum ieee80211_offload_flags {
         IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED         = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR           = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED         = BIT(2),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_vif_cfg - interface configuration
  * @assoc: association status
  * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS or not
  * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
  * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
  *      offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
  * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
  * @eml_cap: EML capabilities as described in P802.11be_D4.1 Figure 9-1001j.
  * @eml_med_sync_delay: Medium Synchronization delay as described in
  *      P802.11be_D4.1 Figure 9-1001i.
  * @mld_capa_op: MLD Capabilities and Operations per P802.11be_D4.1
  *      Figure 9-1001k
  * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
  *      may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
  *      The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
  *      to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
  * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
  *      may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
  *      array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
  * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
  * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
  * @s1g: BSS is S1G BSS (affects Association Request format).
  * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
  *      hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
  *      your driver/device needs to do.
  * @ap_addr: AP MLD address, or BSSID for non-MLO connections
  *      (station mode only)
  */
 struct ieee80211_vif_cfg {
         /* association related data */
         bool assoc, ibss_joined;
         bool ibss_creator;
         bool ps;
         u16 aid;
         u16 eml_cap;
         u16 eml_med_sync_delay;
         u16 mld_capa_op;
 
         __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
         int arp_addr_cnt;
         u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
         size_t ssid_len;
         bool s1g;
         bool idle;
         u8 ap_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_TTLM_NUM_TIDS 8
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm - negotiated TID to link map info
  *
  * @downlink: bitmap of active links per TID for downlink, or 0 if mapping for
  *      this TID is not included.
  * @uplink: bitmap of active links per TID for uplink, or 0 if mapping for this
  *      TID is not included.
  * @valid: info is valid or not.
  */
 struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm {
         u16 downlink[IEEE80211_TTLM_NUM_TIDS];
         u16 uplink[IEEE80211_TTLM_NUM_TIDS];
         bool valid;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_neg_ttlm_res - return value for negotiated TTLM handling
  * @NEG_TTLM_RES_ACCEPT: accept the request
  * @NEG_TTLM_RES_REJECT: reject the request
  * @NEG_TTLM_RES_SUGGEST_PREFERRED: reject and suggest a new mapping
  */
 enum ieee80211_neg_ttlm_res {
         NEG_TTLM_RES_ACCEPT,
         NEG_TTLM_RES_REJECT,
         NEG_TTLM_RES_SUGGEST_PREFERRED
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
  *
  * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
  * use during the life of a virtual interface.
  *
  * @type: type of this virtual interface
  * @cfg: vif configuration, see &struct ieee80211_vif_cfg
  * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
  *      or the BSS we're associated to
  * @link_conf: in case of MLD, the per-link BSS configuration,
  *      indexed by link ID
  * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO.
  * @active_links: The bitmap of active links, or 0 for non-MLO.
  *      The driver shouldn't change this directly, but use the
  *      API calls meant for that purpose.
  * @dormant_links: subset of the valid links that are disabled/suspended
  *      due to advertised or negotiated TTLM respectively.
  *      0 for non-MLO.
  * @suspended_links: subset of dormant_links representing links that are
  *      suspended due to negotiated TTLM, and could be activated in the
  *      future by tearing down the TTLM negotiation.
  *      0 for non-MLO.
  * @neg_ttlm: negotiated TID to link mapping info.
  *      see &struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm.
  * @addr: address of this interface
  * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
  *      interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
  * @netdev_features: tx netdev features supported by the hardware for this
  *      vif. mac80211 initializes this to hw->netdev_features, and the driver
  *      can mask out specific tx features. mac80211 will handle software fixup
  *      for masked offloads (GSO, CSUM)
  * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
  *      these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
  *      or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
  *      at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
  * @offload_flags: hardware offload capabilities/flags for this interface.
  *      These are initialized by mac80211 before calling .add_interface,
  *      .change_interface or .update_vif_offload and updated by the driver
  *      within these ops, based on supported features or runtime change
  *      restrictions.
  * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
  * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
  * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
  *      interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
  *      monitor interface (if that is requested.)
  * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
  *      interface.
  * @rx_mcast_action_reg: multicast Action frames should be reported to mac80211
  *      for this interface.
  * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
  *      sizeof(void \*).
  * @txq: the multicast data TX queue
  * @offload_flags: 802.3 -> 802.11 enapsulation offload flags, see
  *      &enum ieee80211_offload_flags.
  * @mbssid_tx_vif: Pointer to the transmitting interface if MBSSID is enabled.
  */
 struct ieee80211_vif {
         enum nl80211_iftype type;
         struct ieee80211_vif_cfg cfg;
         struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
         struct ieee80211_bss_conf __rcu *link_conf[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
         u16 valid_links, active_links, dormant_links, suspended_links;
         struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm neg_ttlm;
         u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         bool p2p;
 
         u8 cab_queue;
         u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
 
         struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
 
         netdev_features_t netdev_features;
         u32 driver_flags;
         u32 offload_flags;
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
         struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
 #endif
 
         bool probe_req_reg;
         bool rx_mcast_action_reg;
 
         struct ieee80211_vif *mbssid_tx_vif;
 
         /* must be last */
         u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
 };
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_vif_usable_links - Return the usable links for the vif
  * @vif: the vif for which the usable links are requested
  * Return: the usable link bitmap
  */
 static inline u16 ieee80211_vif_usable_links(const struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 {
         return vif->valid_links & ~vif->dormant_links;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_vif_is_mld - Returns true iff the vif is an MLD one
  * @vif: the vif
  * Return: %true if the vif is an MLD, %false otherwise.
  */
 static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mld(const struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 {
         /* valid_links != 0 indicates this vif is an MLD */
         return vif->valid_links != 0;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_vif_link_active - check if a given link is active
  * @vif: the vif
  * @link_id: the link ID to check
  * Return: %true if the vif is an MLD and the link is active, or if
  *      the vif is not an MLD and the link ID is 0; %false otherwise.
  */
 static inline bool ieee80211_vif_link_active(const struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                              unsigned int link_id)
 {
         if (!ieee80211_vif_is_mld(vif))
                 return link_id == 0;
         return vif->active_links & BIT(link_id);
 }
 
 #define for_each_vif_active_link(vif, link, link_id)                            \
         for (link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE((vif)->link_conf); link_id++)    \
                 if ((!(vif)->active_links ||                                    \
                      (vif)->active_links & BIT(link_id)) &&                     \
                     (link = link_conf_dereference_check(vif, link_id)))
 
 static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 {
 #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
         return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
 #endif
         return false;
 }
 
 /**
  * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
  * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
  *
  * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
  * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
  *
  * Return: pointer to the wdev, or %NULL if the given wdev isn't
  * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
  * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
  */
 struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
  * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
  *
  * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
  * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
  * This can also be useful to get the netdev associated to a vif.
  *
  * Return: pointer to the wdev
  */
 struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 static inline bool lockdep_vif_wiphy_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 {
         return lockdep_is_held(&ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(vif)->wiphy->mtx);
 }
 
 #define link_conf_dereference_protected(vif, link_id)           \
         rcu_dereference_protected((vif)->link_conf[link_id],    \
                                   lockdep_vif_wiphy_mutex_held(vif))
 
 #define link_conf_dereference_check(vif, link_id)               \
         rcu_dereference_check((vif)->link_conf[link_id],        \
                               lockdep_vif_wiphy_mutex_held(vif))
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
  *
  * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
  * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
  *      driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
  *      particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
  *      will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
  *      the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
  *      generation in software.
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
  *      that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
  *      CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
  *      (MFP) to be done in software.
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
  *      if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
  *      itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
  *      @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
  *      not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
  *      MIC.
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
  *      management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
  *      crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
  *      properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
  *      fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
  *      RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
  *      %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
  *      driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
  *      only for management frames (MFP).
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
  *      driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
  *      be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
  *      a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
  *      @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver
  *      for a AES_CMAC or a AES_GMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence
  *      number generation only
  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs can be used with this key
  *      (set by mac80211 from the sta->spp_amsdu flag)
  */
 enum ieee80211_key_flags {
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT     = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV          = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC        = BIT(2),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE             = BIT(3),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX           = BIT(4),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE         = BIT(5),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT              = BIT(6),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM     = BIT(7),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE        = BIT(8),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX           = BIT(9),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE        = BIT(10),
         IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU            = BIT(11),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
  *
  * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
  * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
  *
  * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
  *      wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
  *      encrypted in hardware.
  * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
  * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
  *      needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
  * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
  * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
  * @keylen: key material length
  * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
  *      data block:
  *      - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
  *      - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
  *      - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
  * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
  * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
  * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, or -1 for non-MLO or pairwise keys
  */
 struct ieee80211_key_conf {
         atomic64_t tx_pn;
         u32 cipher;
         u8 icv_len;
         u8 iv_len;
         u8 hw_key_idx;
         s8 keyidx;
         u16 flags;
         s8 link_id;
         u8 keylen;
         u8 key[];
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN    16
 
 #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
 #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
  *
  * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
  * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
  *      reverse order than in packet)
  * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
  *      reverse order than in packet)
  * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
  *      reverse order than in packet)
  * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
  *      reverse order than in packet)
  * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
  */
 struct ieee80211_key_seq {
         union {
                 struct {
                         u32 iv32;
                         u16 iv16;
                 } tkip;
                 struct {
                         u8 pn[6];
                 } ccmp;
                 struct {
                         u8 pn[6];
                 } aes_cmac;
                 struct {
                         u8 pn[6];
                 } aes_gmac;
                 struct {
                         u8 pn[6];
                 } gcmp;
                 struct {
                         u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
                         u8 seq_len;
                 } hw;
         };
 };
 
 /**
  * enum set_key_cmd - key command
  *
  * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
  * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
  *
  * @SET_KEY: a key is set
  * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
  */
 enum set_key_cmd {
         SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
  *
  * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
  *      this is a special state for add/remove transitions
  * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
  * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
  * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
  * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
  */
 enum ieee80211_sta_state {
         /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
         IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
         IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
         IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
         IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
         IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
  * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
  * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
  * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
  * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
  *      (including 80+80 MHz)
  * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_320: station can receive up to 320 MHz
  *
  * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
  *      correctly, the values must be sorted.
  */
 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
         IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
         IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
         IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
         IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
         IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_320,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
  *
  * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
  * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
  *      Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
         struct rcu_head rcu_head;
         struct {
                 s8 idx;
                 u8 count;
                 u8 count_cts;
                 u8 count_rts;
                 u16 flags;
         } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
  *
  * Used to configure txpower for station.
  *
  * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
  *      to the STA.
  * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
  *      will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
  *      %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
  *      NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
  *      per peer TPC.
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
         s16 power;
         enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates - info that is aggregated from active links
  *
  * Used for any per-link data that needs to be aggregated and updated in the
  * main &struct ieee80211_sta when updated or the active links change.
  *
  * @max_amsdu_len: indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
  *      This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
  *      For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
  *
  *      * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
  *        A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
  *      * If the skb is not part of a BA agreement, the A-MSDU maximal
  *        size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
  *
  * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
  * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
  * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
  * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
  * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates {
         u16 max_amsdu_len;
 
         u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
         u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_link_sta - station Link specific info
  * All link specific info for a STA link for a non MLD STA(single)
  * or a MLD STA(multiple entries) are stored here.
  *
  * @sta: reference to owning STA
  * @addr: MAC address of the Link STA. For non-MLO STA this is same as the addr
  *      in ieee80211_sta. For MLO Link STA this addr can be same or different
  *      from addr in ieee80211_sta (representing MLD STA addr)
  * @link_id: the link ID for this link STA (0 for deflink)
  * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
  * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates
  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
  * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
  * @he_6ghz_capa: on 6 GHz, holds the HE 6 GHz band capabilities
  * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities of this STA
  * @agg: per-link data for multi-link aggregation
  * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
  * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
  *      station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
  *      notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
  *      the station moves to associated state.
  * @txpwr: the station tx power configuration
  *
  */
 struct ieee80211_link_sta {
         struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
 
         u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
         u8 link_id;
         enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
 
         u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
         struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
         struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
         struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
         struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
         struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap;
 
         struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates agg;
 
         u8 rx_nss;
         enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
         struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
  *
  * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
  * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
  * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
  * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
  * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
  * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
  * This also represents the MLD STA in case of MLO association
  * and holds pointers to various link STA's
  *
  * @addr: MAC address
  * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
  * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
  *      that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
  *      Can be modified by driver.
  * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
  *      otherwise always false)
  * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
  *      sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
  *      if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
  *      IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
  * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
  * @rates: rate control selection table
  * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
  * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
  *      valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
  * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
  * @mlo: indicates whether the STA is MLO station.
  * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
  *      A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
  *      unlimited.
  * @cur: currently valid data as aggregated from the active links
  *      For non MLO STA it will point to the deflink data. For MLO STA
  *      ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates() must be called to update it.
  * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
  * @txq: per-TID data TX queues; note that the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS)
  *      is used for non-data frames
  * @deflink: This holds the default link STA information, for non MLO STA all link
  *      specific STA information is accessed through @deflink or through
  *      link[0] which points to address of @deflink. For MLO Link STA
  *      the first added link STA will point to deflink.
  * @link: reference to Link Sta entries. For Non MLO STA, except 1st link,
  *      i.e link[0] all links would be assigned to NULL by default and
  *      would access link information via @deflink or link[0]. For MLO
  *      STA, first link STA being added will point its link pointer to
  *      @deflink address and remaining would be allocated and the address
  *      would be assigned to link[link_id] where link_id is the id assigned
  *      by the AP.
  * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO
  * @spp_amsdu: indicates whether the STA uses SPP A-MSDU or not.
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta {
         u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
         u16 aid;
         u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
         bool wme;
         u8 uapsd_queues;
         u8 max_sp;
         struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
         bool tdls;
         bool tdls_initiator;
         bool mfp;
         bool mlo;
         bool spp_amsdu;
         u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
 
         struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates *cur;
 
         bool support_p2p_ps;
 
         struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
 
         u16 valid_links;
         struct ieee80211_link_sta deflink;
         struct ieee80211_link_sta __rcu *link[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
 
         /* must be last */
         u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
 };
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP
 bool lockdep_sta_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
 #else
 static inline bool lockdep_sta_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta)
 {
         return true;
 }
 #endif
 
 #define link_sta_dereference_protected(sta, link_id)            \
         rcu_dereference_protected((sta)->link[link_id],         \
                                   lockdep_sta_mutex_held(sta))
 
 #define link_sta_dereference_check(sta, link_id)                \
         rcu_dereference_check((sta)->link[link_id],             \
                               lockdep_sta_mutex_held(sta))
 
 #define for_each_sta_active_link(vif, sta, link_sta, link_id)                   \
         for (link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE((sta)->link); link_id++)         \
                 if ((!(vif)->active_links ||                                    \
                      (vif)->active_links & BIT(link_id)) &&                     \
                     ((link_sta) = link_sta_dereference_check(sta, link_id)))
 
 /**
  * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
  *
  * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
  * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
  *
  * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
  * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
  */
 enum sta_notify_cmd {
         STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
  *
  * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
  *      it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
  */
 struct ieee80211_tx_control {
         struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
  * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
  *      %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
  * @ac: the AC for this queue
  * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
  *
  * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
  * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
  */
 struct ieee80211_txq {
         struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
         struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
         u8 tid;
         u8 ac;
 
         /* must be last */
         u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
  *
  * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
  * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
  * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
  * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
  * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
  *      The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
  *      controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
  *      should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
  *      will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
  *      algorithm.
  *      Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
  *      callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
  *      the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
  *      @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
  *      timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
  *      CCK frames.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
  *      Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
  *      the FCS at the end.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
  *      Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
  *      for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
  *      rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
  *      to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
  *      multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
  *      the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
  *      Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
  *      expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
  *      If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
  *      Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
  *      one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
  *      between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
  *      Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
  *      Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
  *      Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
  *      Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
  *      Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
  *      stack support for dynamic PS.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
  *      Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
  *      Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
  *      Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
  *      the stack.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
  *      The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
  *      periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
  *      This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
  *      dtim_period).
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
  *      per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
  *      the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
  *      to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
  *      possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
  *      only in that case.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
  *      autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
  *      this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
  *      stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
  *      Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
  *      the PS mode of connected stations.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
  *      setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
  *      software.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
  *      a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
  *      active interfaces.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
  *      be created.  It is expected user-space will create vifs as
  *      desired (and thus have them named as desired).
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
  *      crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
  *      try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
  *      the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
  *      supported cipher suites.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
  *      this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
  *      for frames.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
  *      queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
  *      for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
  *      control for more details.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
  *      selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
  *      P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
  *      is supported.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
  *      only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
  *      and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
  *      using aggregation for such frames.)
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
  *      for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
  *      is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
  *      CSA frame.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
  *      or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
  *      in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
  *      than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
  *      within A-MPDU.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
  *      for sent beacons.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
  *      station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
  *      by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
  *      from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
  *      reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
  *      order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
  *      timeout.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
  *      which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
  *      A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
  *      When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
  *      limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
  *      max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
  *      skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
  *      by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
  *      drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
  *      is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
  *      The stack will not do fragmentation.
  *      The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
  *      TDLS links.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
  *      support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
  *      course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
  *      extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
  *      the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
  *      but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
  *      See also the documentation for that flag.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
  *      MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
  *      TXQs to start with.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
  *      length in tx status information
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
  *      only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only
  *      aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx
  *      A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports tx encapsulation
  *      offload
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports rx decapsulation
  *      offload
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP: Hardware supports concurrent rx
  *      decapsulation offload and passing raw 802.11 frames for monitor iface.
  *      If this is supported, the driver must pass both 802.3 frames for real
  *      usage and 802.11 frames with %RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR set for monitor to
  *      the stack.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_DETECTS_COLOR_COLLISION: HW/driver has support for BSS color
  *      collision detection and doesn't need it in software.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_MLO_MCAST_MULTI_LINK_TX: Hardware/driver handles transmitting
  *      multicast frames on all links, mac80211 should not do that.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_DISALLOW_PUNCTURING: HW requires disabling puncturing in EHT
  *      and connecting with a lower bandwidth instead
  * @IEEE80211_HW_DISALLOW_PUNCTURING_5GHZ: HW requires disabling puncturing in
  *      EHT in 5 GHz and connecting with a lower bandwidth instead
  *
  * @IEEE80211_HW_HANDLES_QUIET_CSA: HW/driver handles quieting for CSA, so
  *      no need to stop queues. This really should be set by a driver that
  *      implements MLO, so operation can continue on other links when one
  *      link is switching.
  *
  * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
  */
 enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
         IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
         IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
         IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
         IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
         IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
         IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
         IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
         IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
         IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
         IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
         IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
         IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
         IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
         IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
         IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
         IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
         IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
         IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
         IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
         IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
         IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
         IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
         IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
         IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
         IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
         IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
         IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
         IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
         IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
         IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
         IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
         IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
         IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
         IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD,
         IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP,
         IEEE80211_HW_DETECTS_COLOR_COLLISION,
         IEEE80211_HW_MLO_MCAST_MULTI_LINK_TX,
         IEEE80211_HW_DISALLOW_PUNCTURING,
         IEEE80211_HW_DISALLOW_PUNCTURING_5GHZ,
         IEEE80211_HW_HANDLES_QUIET_CSA,
 
         /* keep last, obviously */
         NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
  *
  * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
  * information for an 802.11 PHY.
  *
  * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
  *      802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
  *      members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
  *      and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
  *      bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
  *
  * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
  *
  * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
  *      along with this structure.
  *
  * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
  *
  * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
  *      for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
  *
  * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
  *      Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
  *
  * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
  *      only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
  *
  * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
  *      that HW supports
  *
  * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
  *      data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
  *      queues need to have configurable access parameters.
  *
  * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
  *      If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
  *      set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
  *
  * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
  *      within &struct ieee80211_vif.
  * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
  *      within &struct ieee80211_sta.
  * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
  *      within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
  * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
  *      within @struct ieee80211_txq.
  *
  * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
  *      can handle.
  * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
  *      the hw can report back.
  * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
  *
  * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
  *      sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
  *      aggregation.
  *      This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
  *      number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
  *      it shouldn't be set.
  *
  * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
  *      aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
  *      advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
  *      the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
  *      with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
  *      For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
  *
  * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
  *      of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
  *
  * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
  *      (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
  *
  * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
  *      reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
  *      include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
  *      adding _BW is supported today.
  *
  * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
  *      the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
  *      Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
  *
  * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
  *      @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
  *      field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
  *      device_timestamp.
  * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
  *      IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
  *      IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
  * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
  *      radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
  *
  * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
  *      from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
  *      other features will be rejected during HW registration.
  *
  * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
  *      for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
  *      enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
  *      Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
  *      that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '' means
  *      neither enabled.
  *
  * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
  *      deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
  *      Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
  *
  * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
  *      device.
  *
  * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
  *      them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
  *      unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
  *
  * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
  *      refilling deficit of each TXQ.
  *
  * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set.
  *
  * @tx_power_levels: a list of power levels supported by the wifi hardware.
  *      The power levels can be specified either as integer or fractions.
  *      The power level at idx 0 shall be the maximum positive power level.
  *
  * @max_txpwr_levels_idx: the maximum valid idx of 'tx_power_levels' list.
  */
 struct ieee80211_hw {
         struct ieee80211_conf conf;
         struct wiphy *wiphy;
         const char *rate_control_algorithm;
         void *priv;
         unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
         unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
         unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
         int vif_data_size;
         int sta_data_size;
         int chanctx_data_size;
         int txq_data_size;
         u16 queues;
         u16 max_listen_interval;
         s8 max_signal;
         u8 max_rates;
         u8 max_report_rates;
         u8 max_rate_tries;
         u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
         u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
         u8 max_tx_fragments;
         u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
         u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
         u16 radiotap_vht_details;
         struct {
                 int units_pos;
                 s16 accuracy;
         } radiotap_timestamp;
         netdev_features_t netdev_features;
         u8 uapsd_queues;
         u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
         u8 max_nan_de_entries;
         u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
         u8 weight_multiplier;
         u32 max_mtu;
         const s8 *tx_power_levels;
         u8 max_txpwr_levels_idx;
 };
 
 static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                        enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
 {
         return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
 }
 #define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg)     _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
 
 static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                      enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
 {
         return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
 }
 #define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg)       _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
  *
  * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
  * @req: cfg80211 request.
  */
 struct ieee80211_scan_request {
         struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
 
         /* Keep last */
         struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
  *
  * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
  * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
  * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
  * @status: channel-switch response status
  * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
  * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
  * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
  * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
  * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
  */
 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
         struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
         struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
         u8 action_code;
         u32 status;
         u32 timestamp;
         u16 switch_time;
         u16 switch_timeout;
         struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
         u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
 };
 
 /**
  * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
  *
  * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
  *
  * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
  * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
  * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
  * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
  * is already used internally by mac80211.
  *
  * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
  */
 struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /**
  * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
  *
  * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
  * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
  */
 static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
 {
         set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
 }
 
 /**
  * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
  *
  * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
  * @addr: the address to set
  */
 static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
 {
         memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
 }
 
 static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
 ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                       const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
 {
         if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
                 return NULL;
         return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
 }
 
 static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
 ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                            const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
 {
         if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
                 return NULL;
         return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
 }
 
 static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
 ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                              const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
 {
         if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
                 return NULL;
         return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
  * @hw: the hardware
  * @skb: the skb
  *
  * Free a transmit skb. Use this function when some failure
  * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
  */
 void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
 
 /**
  * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
  *
  * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
  * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
  *
  * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
  * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
  * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
  * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
  * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
  * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
  * VLANs are configured for an access point.
  *
  * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
  * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
  * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
  *
  * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
  * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
  * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
  * hardware key index. You are free to use the full u8 range.
  *
  * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
  * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
  * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
  * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
  *
  * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
  *
  * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
  * for it has been uploaded to hardware. The stack will not make any
  * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
  * based on the receive flags.
  *
  * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
  * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
  * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
  * keys.
  *
  * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
  * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
  * handler.
  * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
  * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
  * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
  * rekeying); it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
  * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
  * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
  *
  * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
  * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
  * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
  *
  * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
  * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to the following
  * requirements:
  * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to mac80211
       once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been completed,
    2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
       at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
    3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
       encrypted with the new key when also needing
       @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV and
    4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
    Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
  */
 
 /**
  * DOC: Powersave support
  *
  * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
  *
  * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself;
  * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
  * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
  * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
  * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
  * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
  * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
  * it finds traffic directed to it.
  *
  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
  * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
  * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
  * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
  * back to sleep at appropriate times.
  *
  * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
  * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
  * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
  *
  * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
  * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
  * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
  * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
  * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
  * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
  * as best as it can; mac80211 is too slow to do that.
  *
  * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
  * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
  * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
  * the next wakeup. It's a compromise of getting good enough latency when
  * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
  * periods.
  *
  * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
  * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
  * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
  * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
  * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
  * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
  * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
  * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
  * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
  * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
  *
  * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
  * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
  * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
  * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
  * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
  * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
  *
  * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
  * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
  */
 
 /**
  * DOC: Beacon filter support
  *
  * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
  * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
  * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
  * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
  * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
  * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
  * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
  *
  * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
  * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
  * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
  * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
  * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
  *
  * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
  * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
  * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
  * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
  *
  * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
  * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
  * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
  * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
  *
  *  - a list of information element IDs
  *  - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
  *
  * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
  * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
  * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
  * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
  * vendor information elements.
  *
  * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
  * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
  *
  * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead. Just make sure nothing
  * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
  * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
  * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
  * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
  * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
  *
  *
  * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
  * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
  * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
  * the received data packets). This can consist of notifying the host when
  * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
  * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
  * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
  * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
  *
  * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
  * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
  * signal strength threshold checking.
  */
 
 /**
  * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
  *
  * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
  * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
  * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
  * "11.2.3 SM power save".
  *
  * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
  * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
  * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
  * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
  * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
  * hardware flags.
  *
  * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
  * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
  * turned off otherwise.
  *
  * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
  * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
  * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
  * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
  */
 
 /**
  * DOC: Frame filtering
  *
  * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
  * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
  * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
  * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
  * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
  *
  * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
  * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
  * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
  *
  * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
  * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
  * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
  * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
  * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
  * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
  * @total_flags with the new flag states.
  *
  * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
  * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
  * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
  * or dropped.
  *
  * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
  * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
  * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
  * the flag, but not clear it.
  * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
  * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
  * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
  * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
  * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
  * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
  * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
  * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
  */
 
 /**
  * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
  *
  * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
  * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
  * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
  *
  * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
  * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
  * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
  * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
  * the driver code.
  *
  * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
  * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
  * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
  * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
  * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
  * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
  * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
  *
  * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
  * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
  * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
  * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
  * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
  * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
  * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
  * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
  * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
  * @sta_notify callback.
  *
  * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
  * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
  * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
  * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
  * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
  * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
  * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
  * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
  * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
  * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
  * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
  * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
  * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
  * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
  *
  * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
  * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
  *
  * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
  * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
  * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
  * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
  * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
  * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
  * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
  * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
  * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
  * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
  * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
  *
  * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
  * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
  * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
  * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
  * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
  * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
  * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
  * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
  * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
  * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames.
  * To help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
  * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
  * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
  * buffers for those TIDs contain.
  *
  * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
  * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
  * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
  * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
  * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
  * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
  * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
  *
  * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
  * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
  * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
  * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
  * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
  *
  * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
  * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
  * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
  * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
  */
 
 /**
  * DOC: HW queue control
  *
  * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
  * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
  * was problematic for a few reasons:
  * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
  * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
  * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
  *
  * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
  * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
  * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
  *
  * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
  * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
  * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
  * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
  * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
  * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
  * the hardware queue.
  * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
  * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
  *
  * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed; multiple virtual
  * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
  * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
  * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
  * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
  *
  * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
  * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
  * after-DTIM queue for AP:   8
  * off-channel queue:         9
  *
  * It would then set up the hardware like this:
  *   hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
  *
  * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
  *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
  *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
  *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
  *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
  *   vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
  * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
  *
  * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
  * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
  *
  * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
  * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
  * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
  * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
  */
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
  *
  * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
  * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
  * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
  * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
  *
  * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
  *      by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
  *      multicast address.
  *
  * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
  *      %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
  *
  * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
  *      the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
  *
  * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
  *      to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
  *      by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
  *      mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
  *      honour this flag if possible.
  *
  * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
  *      station
  *
  * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
  *
  * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
  *
  * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
  *
  * @FIF_MCAST_ACTION: pass multicast Action frames
  */
 enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
         FIF_ALLMULTI            = 1<<1,
         FIF_FCSFAIL             = 1<<2,
         FIF_PLCPFAIL            = 1<<3,
         FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
         FIF_CONTROL             = 1<<5,
         FIF_OTHER_BSS           = 1<<6,
         FIF_PSPOLL              = 1<<7,
         FIF_PROBE_REQ           = 1<<8,
         FIF_MCAST_ACTION        = 1<<9,
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
  *
  * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
  * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
  *
  * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
  * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
  * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
  * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
  *
  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either
  *      call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or
  *      call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() with status
  *      %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA to delay addba after
  *      ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe is called, or just return the special
  *      status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE.
  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
  *      queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
  *      driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
  *      called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
  *      ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
  *      session is gone and removes the station.
  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
  *      but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
  *      now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
  *      should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
  */
 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
         IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
         IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
         IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
         IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
         IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
         IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
         IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1
 #define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA 2
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
  *
  * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
  * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
  * @tid: tid of the BA session
  * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
  *      action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
  *      actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
  * @buf_size: reorder buffer size  (number of subframes). Valid only when the
  *      action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
  *      %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
  * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
  *      valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
  * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
  *      %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
  */
 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
         enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
         struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
         u16 tid;
         u16 ssn;
         u16 buf_size;
         bool amsdu;
         u16 timeout;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
  * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
  * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
  *      frame received on trigger-enabled AC
  */
 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
         IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
         IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
  *
  * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
  *      to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
  *      information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
  *      flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
  * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
  * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
  *      changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
  *      the peer.
  * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
  *      by the peer
  */
 enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
         IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED         = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED       = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
         IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED        = BIT(3),
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
  *
  * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
  * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
  * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vice versa).
  * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
  * operations compared to other operations/flows.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
  * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
  *      for sending management frames offchannel.
  */
 enum ieee80211_roc_type {
         IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
         IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_reconfig_type - reconfig type
  *
  * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
  * reconfiguration type was completed.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
  *      (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
  * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
  *      of wowlan configuration)
  */
 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
         IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
         IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info - prepare TX information
  * @duration: if non-zero, hint about the required duration,
  *      only used with the mgd_prepare_tx() method.
  * @subtype: frame subtype (auth, (re)assoc, deauth, disassoc)
  * @success: whether the frame exchange was successful, only
  *      used with the mgd_complete_tx() method, and then only
  *      valid for auth and (re)assoc.
  * @was_assoc: set if this call is due to deauth/disassoc
  *      while just having been associated
  * @link_id: the link id on which the frame will be TX'ed.
  *      Only used with the mgd_prepare_tx() method.
  */
 struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info {
         u16 duration;
         u16 subtype;
         u8 success:1, was_assoc:1;
         int link_id;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
  *
  * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
  * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
  * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
  *
  * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
  *      skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
  *      The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
  *      configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
  *      preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
  *      Must be atomic.
  *
  * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
  *      is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
  *      frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
  *      Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
  *      or zero.
  *      When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
  *      to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
  *      is added.
  *      Must be implemented and can sleep.
  *
  * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
  *      is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
  *      it must turn off frame reception.)
  *      May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
  *      an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
  *      you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
  *      Must be implemented and can sleep.
  *
  * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
  *      stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
  *      ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
  *      configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
  *      reconfigured at resume time.
  *      The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
  *      wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
  *      supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
  *      must return 1 from this function.
  *
  * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
  *      now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
  *      functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
  *      to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
  *      will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
  *
  * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
  *      modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
  *      supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
  *      in suspend().
  *
  * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
  *      enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
  *      and @stop must be implemented.
  *      The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
  *      the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
  *      interface is given in the conf parameter.
  *      The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
  *      negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
  *      Must be implemented and can sleep.
  *
  * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
  *      is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
  *      switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
  *      Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
  *      found by the interface iteration callbacks.
  *
  * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
  *      The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
  *      and no monitor interfaces are present.
  *      When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
  *      must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
  *      the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
  *      MAC address of the device going away.
  *      Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
  *
  * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
  *      function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
  *      This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
  *      if it does. The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
  *      parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
  *      level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
  *      This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
  *      for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
  *      of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
  *      can sleep.
  *      Note: this callback is called if @vif_cfg_changed or @link_info_changed
  *      are not implemented.
  *
  * @vif_cfg_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to interface
  *      (MLD) parameters from &struct ieee80211_vif_cfg that vary during the
  *      lifetime of the interface (e.g. assoc status, IP addresses, etc.)
  *      The @changed parameter indicates which value changed.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @link_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to link
  *      parameters from &struct ieee80211_bss_conf that are related to an
  *      individual link. e.g. legacy/HT/VHT/... rate information.
  *      The @changed parameter indicates which value changed, and the @link_id
  *      parameter indicates the link ID. Note that the @link_id will be 0 for
  *      non-MLO connections.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
  *      This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
  *      to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
  *
  * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
  *      See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
  *      This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
  *
  * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
  *      This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
  *      should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
  *      of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
  *      which flags are changed.
  *      This callback can sleep.
  *
  * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
  *      must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
  *
  * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
  *      This callback is only called between add_interface and
  *      remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
  *      is enabled.
  *      Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
  *      This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
  *      which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
  *      The callback must be atomic.
  *
  * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
  *      host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
  *      necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
  *      After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
  *      userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
  *
  * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
  *      WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
  *      offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
  *
  * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
  *      the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
  *      configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
  *      registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
  *      that power save is disabled.
  *      The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
  *      entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
  *      at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
  *      (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
  *      When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
  *      note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
  *      any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
  *      This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
  *      this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
  *      software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
  *      capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
  *      advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
  *      The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
  *      but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
  *      ieee80211_scan_completed().
  *      This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
  *      scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
  *      specific intervals.  The driver must call the
  *      ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
  *      This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
  *
  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
  *      In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
  *
  * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
  *      is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
  *      The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
  *      the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
  *      can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
  *      software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
  *      this notification.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
  *      Returns zero if statistics are available.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
  *      IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
  *      IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
  *      The callback must be atomic.
  *
  * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
  *      if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
  *      stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
  *      should be set as well.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
  *      AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
  *
  * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
  *      station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
  *      returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
  *      no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
  *      the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
  *      This callback can sleep.
  *
  * @vif_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add a debugfs vif
  *      directory with its files. This callback should be within a
  *      CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This callback can sleep.
  *
  * @link_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
  *      when a link is added to a mac80211 vif. This callback should be within
  *      a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This callback can sleep.
  *      For non-MLO the callback will be called once for the default bss_conf
  *      with the vif's directory rather than a separate subdirectory.
  *
  * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
  *      when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
  *      should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
  *      callback can sleep.
  *
  * @link_sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
  *      when a link is added to a mac80211 station. This callback
  *      should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
  *      callback can sleep.
  *      For non-MLO the callback will be called once for the deflink with the
  *      station's directory rather than a separate subdirectory.
  *
  * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
  *      associated station, AP,  IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
  *      in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
  *      %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
  *
  * @sta_set_txpwr: Configure the station tx power. This callback set the tx
  *      power for the station.
  *      This callback can sleep.
  *
  * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
  *      station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
  *      This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
  *      It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
  *      up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
  *      isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
  *      period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
  *      See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
  *      synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
  *      pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
  *      the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
  *      in @sta_state.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
  *      used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
  *      from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
  *      in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
  *      uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
  *      otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
  *      Must be atomic.
  * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
  *      is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
  *      the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
  *
  * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
  *      filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
  *      let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
  *      the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
  *      all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
  *      Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
  *      bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
  *      Returns a negative error code on failure.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
  *      this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
  *      required function.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
  *      Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
  *      required function.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
  *      firmware/hardware.  Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
  *      calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
  *      as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
  *      with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
  *      function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
  *      TSF synchronization.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
  *      This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
  *      used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
  *      Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
  *
  * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
  *      need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
  *      and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
  *      in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
  *      accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
  *      estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
  *      coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
  *
  * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
  *      be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
  * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
  *      that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
  *      of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
  *      use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
  *      If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
  *      Note that vif can be NULL.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @flush_sta: Flush or drop all pending frames from the hardware queue(s) for
  *      the given station, as it's about to be removed.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  *
  * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
  *      switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
  *      callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
  *      completion of the channel switch.
  *
  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
  *      Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
  *      reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
  *      (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
  *
  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
  *
  * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
  *      call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
  *      that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
  *      offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
  *      normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
  *      duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
  *      ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
  *      Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
  *      must be accepted in this case.
  *      This callback may sleep.
  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
  *      aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
  *
  * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
  *
  * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
  *
  * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
  *      queues before entering power save.
  *
  * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
  *      when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
  *      The callback can sleep.
  * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
  *      &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
  *      The callback must be atomic.
  *
  * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
  *      parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
  *      sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
  *      to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
  *      Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
  *      if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
  *      the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
  *      the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
  *      more-data bit must always be set.
  *      The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
  *      from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
  *      In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
  *      @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
  *      this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
  *      on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
  *      period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
  *      responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
  *      In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
  *      bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
  *      at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
  *      setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
  *      service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
  *      on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
  *      ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
  *      This callback must be atomic.
  * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
  *      to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
  *      via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
  *      released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
  *      and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
  *      frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
  *      them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
  *      on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
  *      bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
  *      ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
  *      The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
  *      frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
  *      This callback must be atomic.
  *
  * @get_et_sset_count:  Ethtool API to get string-set count.
  *      Note that the wiphy mutex is not held for this callback since it's
  *      expected to return a static value.
  *
  * @get_et_stats:  Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
  *
  * @get_et_strings:  Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
  *      and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
  *      Note that the wiphy mutex is not held for this callback since it's
  *      expected to return a static value.
  *
  * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
  *      before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
  *      bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
  *      yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
  *      transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
  *      powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
  *      management frame prior to transmitting that frame to allow the driver
  *      to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response and be
  *      able to synchronize with the GO.
  *      The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
  *      mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
  *      Additional information is passed in the &struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info
  *      data. If duration there is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the
  *      driver the duration for which the operation is requested.
  *      The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
  * @mgd_complete_tx: Notify the driver that the response frame for a previously
  *      transmitted frame announced with @mgd_prepare_tx was received, the data
  *      is filled similarly to @mgd_prepare_tx though the duration is not used.
  *
  * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
  *      a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
  *      channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
  *      setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
  *      mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
  *      discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
  *      2 * (DTIM period).
  *      The callback is optional and can sleep.
  *
  * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
  *      This callback may sleep.
  * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
  *      This callback may sleep.
  * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
  *      may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
  *      channel context with different settings
  *      This callback may sleep.
  * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
  *      to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
  *      This callback may sleep.
  * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
  *      unbound from vif.
  *      This callback may sleep.
  * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
  *      another, as specified in the list of
  *      @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
  *      to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
  *      This callback may sleep.
  *
  * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
  *      information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
  *      context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
  *      software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
  *      just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
  *      disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
  * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
  *
  * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
  *      during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
  *      This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
  *      indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
  *      This callback may sleep.
  *
  * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
  *      Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
  *      This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
  *
  * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
  *      Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
  *      function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
  *      decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
  *      ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
  *      get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
  *      1 using ieee80211_beacon_counter_is_complete() after the beacon has been
  *      transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
  *      If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
  *      since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
  * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
  *      before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
  *      gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
  *      the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
  * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
  *      after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
  *      driver to go back to a normal configuration.
  * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
  *      when channel switch procedure was aborted, allowing the
  *      driver to go back to a normal configuration.
  * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
  *      when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
  *      CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
  * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
  *      information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
  *      channel context is bound before this is called.
  * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
  *
  * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
  *      specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
  *      if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
  *
  * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
  *      and hardware limits.
  *
  * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
  *      is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
  *      and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
  *      driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
  *      the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
  *      The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
  *      optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
  * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
  *      peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
  * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
  *      response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
  *      parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
  *      an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
  *      response template is provided, together with the location of the
  *      switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
  *      the function call.
  *
  * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
  * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
  *      synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
  *      pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
  *      currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
  *
  * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
  * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
  * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
  *      contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
  *      are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
  *      The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
  *      some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
  *      changed parameters.
  * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
  *      cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
  *      this call.
  * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
  *      ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
  *      NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
  * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
  *      aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
  *      between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
  *      skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
  * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
  *      Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
  *
  * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
  * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
  * @set_tid_config: Apply TID specific configurations. This callback may sleep.
  * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer.
  *      This callback may sleep.
  * @update_vif_offload: Update virtual interface offload flags
  *      This callback may sleep.
  * @sta_set_4addr: Called to notify the driver when a station starts/stops using
  *      4-address mode
  * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
  * @sta_set_decap_offload: Called to notify the driver when a station is allowed
  *      to use rx decapsulation offload
  * @add_twt_setup: Update hw with TWT agreement parameters received from the peer.
  *      This callback allows the hw to check if requested parameters
  *      are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement.
  *      The hw is expected to set agreement result in the req_type field of
  *      twt structure.
  * @twt_teardown_request: Update the hw with TWT teardown request received
  *      from the peer.
  * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for
  *      radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit
  *      or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
  *      Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
  *      switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
  *      radar channel.
  *      The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to
  *      disable background CAC/radar detection.
  * @net_fill_forward_path: Called from .ndo_fill_forward_path in order to
  *      resolve a path for hardware flow offloading
  * @can_activate_links: Checks if a specific active_links bitmap is
  *      supported by the driver.
  * @change_vif_links: Change the valid links on an interface, note that while
  *      removing the old link information is still valid (link_conf pointer),
  *      but may immediately disappear after the function returns. The old or
  *      new links bitmaps may be 0 if going from/to a non-MLO situation.
  *      The @old array contains pointers to the old bss_conf structures
  *      that were already removed, in case they're needed.
  *      This callback can sleep.
  * @change_sta_links: Change the valid links of a station, similar to
  *      @change_vif_links. This callback can sleep.
  *      Note that a sta can also be inserted or removed with valid links,
  *      i.e. passed to @sta_add/@sta_state with sta->valid_links not zero.
  *      In fact, cannot change from having valid_links and not having them.
  * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. This is
  *      not restored at HW reset by mac80211 so drivers need to take care of
  *      that.
  * @net_setup_tc: Called from .ndo_setup_tc in order to prepare hardware
  *      flow offloading for flows originating from the vif.
  *      Note that the driver must not assume that the vif driver_data is valid
  *      at this point, since the callback can be called during netdev teardown.
  * @can_neg_ttlm: for managed interface, requests the driver to determine
  *      if the requested TID-To-Link mapping can be accepted or not.
  *      If it's not accepted the driver may suggest a preferred mapping and
  *      modify @ttlm parameter with the suggested TID-to-Link mapping.
  */
 struct ieee80211_ops {
         void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                    struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
                    struct sk_buff *skb);
         int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
         void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool suspend);
 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
         int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
         int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
         void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
 #endif
         int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                              struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
         void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                  struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
         void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                  struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
                                  u64 changed);
         void (*vif_cfg_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 u64 changed);
         void (*link_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                   struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
                                   u64 changed);
 
         int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                         struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf);
         void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                         struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf);
 
         u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                  struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
         void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                  unsigned int changed_flags,
                                  unsigned int *total_flags,
                                  u64 multicast);
         void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                     unsigned int filter_flags,
                                     unsigned int changed_flags);
         int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                        bool set);
         int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
                        struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                        struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
         void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
                                 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
         void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
         void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                         struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
         int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                        struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
         void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
                                 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
         int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                               const u8 *mac_addr);
         void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                  struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                          struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
         void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                             struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
                             struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
         int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
         int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
         int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                        struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
         int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                           struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
 #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
         void (*vif_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         void (*link_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                  struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf,
                                  struct dentry *dir);
         void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                 struct dentry *dir);
         void (*link_sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                      struct ieee80211_link_sta *link_sta,
                                      struct dentry *dir);
 #endif
         void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                         enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
         int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                              struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                              struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
         int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                          struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                          enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
                          enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
         void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                    struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
         void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                               struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                               u32 changed);
         void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                     struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
         void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                struct station_info *sinfo);
         int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                        struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                        unsigned int link_id, u16 ac,
                        const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
         u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                         u64 tsf);
         void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                            s64 offset);
         void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
         /**
          * @ampdu_action:
          * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
          * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
          * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
          * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
          * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
          * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
          * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
          * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
          * possible with a buf_size of 8:
          *
          * - ``TX: 1.....7``
          * - ``RX:  2....7`` (lost frame #1)
          * - ``TX:        8..1...``
          *
          * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
          * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
          *
          * - ``TX:        1   or``
          * - ``TX:        18  or``
          * - ``TX:        81``
          *
          * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
          *
          * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return
          * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START
          * if the session can start immediately.
          *
          * The callback can sleep.
          */
         int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                             struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                             struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
         int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
                 struct survey_info *survey);
         void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
         void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
         int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                             void *data, int len);
         int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
                              struct netlink_callback *cb,
                              void *data, int len);
 #endif
         void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                       u32 queues, bool drop);
         void (*flush_sta)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                           struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
         void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
         int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
         int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
 
         int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                  struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
                                  int duration,
                                  enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
         int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                         struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
         void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
         bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
         int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
         void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                const struct ieee80211_event *event);
 
         void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                       struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                       u16 tids, int num_frames,
                                       enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
                                       bool more_data);
         void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                         struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                         u16 tids, int num_frames,
                                         enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
                                         bool more_data);
 
         int     (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
         void    (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
         void    (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                   u32 sset, u8 *data);
 
         void    (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                   struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info);
         void    (*mgd_complete_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                    struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info);
 
         void    (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                              struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                              unsigned int link_id);
 
         int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                            struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
         void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
         void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
                                u32 changed);
         int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                   struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf,
                                   struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
         void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                      struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf,
                                      struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
         int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                   struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
                                   int n_vifs,
                                   enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
 
         void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                   enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
 
 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
         void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                  struct inet6_dev *idev);
 #endif
         void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
         int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                   struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
 
         int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                    struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf);
         void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                      struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf);
         void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                          struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                          struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
 
         int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                        struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
         int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                            int *dbm);
 
         int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                    struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
                                    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                                    struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
         void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                            struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                            struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
         void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                          struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                          struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
 
         void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
         void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
         int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                          struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                          struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
         int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                         struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
         int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                             struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                             const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
         void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                             struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                             u8 instance_id);
         bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                        struct sk_buff *head,
                                        struct sk_buff *skb);
         int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                        struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                        struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
         int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                           struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
         void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                            struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
         int (*set_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                               struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                               struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
         int (*reset_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tids);
         void (*update_vif_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                    struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
         void (*sta_set_4addr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                               struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled);
         int (*set_sar_specs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                              const struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
         void (*sta_set_decap_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                       struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled);
         void (*add_twt_setup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                               struct ieee80211_twt_setup *twt);
         void (*twt_teardown_request)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                      struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 flowid);
         int (*set_radar_background)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
         int (*net_fill_forward_path)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                      struct net_device_path_ctx *ctx,
                                      struct net_device_path *path);
         bool (*can_activate_links)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                    u16 active_links);
         int (*change_vif_links)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 u16 old_links, u16 new_links,
                                 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *old[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]);
         int (*change_sta_links)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                 u16 old_links, u16 new_links);
         int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts);
         int (*net_setup_tc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                             struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                             struct net_device *dev,
                             enum tc_setup_type type,
                             void *type_data);
         enum ieee80211_neg_ttlm_res
         (*can_neg_ttlm)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                         struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm *ttlm);
 };
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
  *
  * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
  * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
  * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
  * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
  * @priv_data_len.
  *
  * @priv_data_len: length of private data
  * @ops: callbacks for this device
  * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
  *      NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
  *
  * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
  */
 struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
                                            const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
                                            const char *requested_name);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
  *
  * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
  * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
  * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
  * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
  * @priv_data_len.
  *
  * @priv_data_len: length of private data
  * @ops: callbacks for this device
  *
  * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
  */
 static inline
 struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
                                         const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
 {
         return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
  *
  * You must call this function before any other functions in
  * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
  * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
  *
  * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
  */
 int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
  * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
  * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
  *      (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
  */
 struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
         int throughput;
         int blink_time;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
  *      interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
  */
 enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
         IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO          = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK           = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED      = BIT(2),
 };
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
 const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 const char *
 __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                    unsigned int flags,
                                    const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
                                    unsigned int blink_table_len);
 #endif
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
  *
  * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
  *
  * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
  */
 static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
 {
 #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
         return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
 #else
         return NULL;
 #endif
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
  *
  * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
  *
  * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
  */
 static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
 {
 #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
         return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
 #else
         return NULL;
 #endif
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
  *
  * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
  *
  * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
  */
 static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
 {
 #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
         return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
 #else
         return NULL;
 #endif
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
  *
  * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
  *
  * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
  */
 static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
 {
 #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
         return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
 #else
         return NULL;
 #endif
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
  * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
  * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
  * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
  * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
  *
  * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
  * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
  *
  * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
  */
 static inline const char *
 ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
                                  const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
                                  unsigned int blink_table_len)
 {
 #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
         return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
                                                   blink_table_len);
 #else
         return NULL;
 #endif
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
  *
  * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
  * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware to unregister
  */
 void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
  *
  * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
  * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
  * before calling this function.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware to free
  */
 void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
  *
  * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
  * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
  * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
  * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
  * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
  * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware to restart
  */
 void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_rx_list - receive frame and store processed skbs in a list
  *
  * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
  * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
  * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
  * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
  * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
  *
  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
  * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
  * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
  * ieee80211_tx_status_skb() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
  *
  * This function must be called with BHs disabled and RCU read lock
  *
  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
  * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
  * @list: the destination list
  */
 void ieee80211_rx_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                        struct sk_buff *skb, struct list_head *list);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
  *
  * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
  * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
  * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
  * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
  * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
  *
  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
  * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
  * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
  * ieee80211_tx_status_skb() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
  *
  * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
  * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
  * @napi: the NAPI context
  */
 void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                        struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
  *
  * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
  * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
  * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
  * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
  * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
  *
  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
  * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
  * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
  * ieee80211_tx_status_skb() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
  *
  * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
  *
  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
  */
 static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
 {
         ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
  *
  * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
  * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
  *
  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
  * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
  * ieee80211_tx_status_skb() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
  *
  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
  */
 void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
  *
  * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
  * (internally disables bottom halves).
  *
  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
  * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
  * ieee80211_tx_status_skb() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
  *
  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
  */
 static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                    struct sk_buff *skb)
 {
         local_bh_disable();
         ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
         local_bh_enable();
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
  *
  * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
  * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
  * entering/leaving PS mode.
  *
  * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
  *
  * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
  * each other.
  *
  * @sta: currently connected sta
  * @start: start or stop PS
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
  */
 int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
  *                                  (in process context)
  *
  * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
  * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
  * applies.
  *
  * @sta: currently connected sta
  * @start: start or stop PS
  *
  * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
  */
 static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                                   bool start)
 {
         int ret;
 
         local_bh_disable();
         ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
         local_bh_enable();
 
         return ret;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
  * @sta: currently connected station
  *
  * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
  * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
  * connected station was received.
  * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
  * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
  * be serialized.
  */
 void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
  * @sta: currently connected station
  * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
  *
  * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
  * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
  * from a connected station was received.
  * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
  * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
  * serialized.
  * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
  * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
  * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
  * checks.
  */
 void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
 
 /*
  * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
  * This is enough for the radiotap header.
  */
 #define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM    ALIGN(14, 4)
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
  * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
  * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
  * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
  *
  * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
  * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
  * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
  *
  * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
  * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
  * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
  * call! Beware of the locking!)
  *
  * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
  * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
  * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
  * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
  * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
  * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
  *
  * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
  * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
  * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
  * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
  * use this API.
  */
 void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                 u8 tid, bool buffered);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
  *
  * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
  * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
  * rate selection table for the station entry.
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
  * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
  * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
  * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
  */
 void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                             struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                             struct sk_buff *skb,
                             struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
                             int max_rates);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
  *
  * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
  * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
  * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
  * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
  * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
  * slow stations to starve).
  *
  * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
  * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
  */
 void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
                                            u32 thr);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
  *
  * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
  * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
  * in updating the tx rate in data path.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
  * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
  * @info: tx status information
  */
 void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
                               struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tx_status_skb - transmit status callback
  *
  * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
  * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
  * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
  *
  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
  * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
  * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
  * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
  *
  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
  */
 void ieee80211_tx_status_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                              struct sk_buff *skb);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
  *
  * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status_skb()
  * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
  * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
  *
  * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
  * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
  * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
  * @status: tx status information
  */
 void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                              struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
  *
  * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status_skb()
  * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
  * specific skbs.
  *
  * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
  * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
  * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
  * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
  *      (NULL for multicast packets)
  * @info: tx status information
  */
 static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                              struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                              struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
 {
         struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
                 .sta = sta,
                 .info = info,
         };
 
         ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
  *
  * Like ieee80211_tx_status_skb() but can be called in process context.
  *
  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_skb() and
  * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
  * for a single hardware.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
  */
 static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                           struct sk_buff *skb)
 {
         local_bh_disable();
         ieee80211_tx_status_skb(hw, skb);
         local_bh_enable();
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
  *
  * Like ieee80211_tx_status_skb() but can be called in IRQ context
  * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
  *
  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_skb() and
  * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
  */
 void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                  struct sk_buff *skb);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
  *
  * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
  * connected STA.
  *
  * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
  * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
  */
 void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
 
 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM 2
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
  * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
  * @tim_length: size of TIM element
  * @cntdwn_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
  *      to countdown counters.  This array can contain zero values which
  *      should be ignored.
  * @mbssid_off: position of the multiple bssid element
  */
 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
         u16 tim_offset;
         u16 tim_length;
 
         u16 cntdwn_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM];
         u16 mbssid_off;
 };
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
  *      receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
  * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for an AP STA
  *      that is not associated with AP MLD).
  *
  * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
  * obtain the beacon template.
  *
  * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
  * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
  * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
  * applicable, the CSA count.
  *
  * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
  *
  * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
  */
 struct sk_buff *
 ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                               struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs,
                               unsigned int link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_index - EMA beacon template generation
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
  *      receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
  * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for a non-MLD AP).
  * @ema_index: index of the beacon in the EMA set.
  *
  * This function follows the same rules as ieee80211_beacon_get_template()
  * but returns a beacon template which includes multiple BSSID element at the
  * requested index.
  *
  * Return: The beacon template. %NULL indicates the end of EMA templates.
  */
 struct sk_buff *
 ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_index(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                         struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                         struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs,
                                         unsigned int link_id, u8 ema_index);
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_ema_beacons - List of EMA beacons
  * @cnt: count of EMA beacons.
  *
  * @bcn: array of EMA beacons.
  * @bcn.skb: the skb containing this specific beacon
  * @bcn.offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
  *      receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
  */
 struct ieee80211_ema_beacons {
         u8 cnt;
         struct {
                 struct sk_buff *skb;
                 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets offs;
         } bcn[];
 };
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_list - EMA beacon template generation
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for a non-MLD AP)
  *
  * This function follows the same rules as ieee80211_beacon_get_template()
  * but allocates and returns a pointer to list of all beacon templates required
  * to cover all profiles in the multiple BSSID set. Each template includes only
  * one multiple BSSID element.
  *
  * Driver must call ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list() to free the memory.
  *
  * Return: EMA beacon templates of type struct ieee80211_ema_beacons *.
  *      %NULL on error.
  */
 struct ieee80211_ema_beacons *
 ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                        struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                        unsigned int link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list - free an EMA beacon template list
  * @ema_beacons: list of EMA beacons of type &struct ieee80211_ema_beacons pointers.
  *
  * This function will free a list previously acquired by calling
  * ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_list()
  */
 void ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list(struct ieee80211_ema_beacons *ema_beacons);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
  *      Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
  * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
  *      (including the ID and length bytes!).
  *      Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
  * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for an AP STA
  *      that is not associated with AP MLD).
  *
  * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
  * obtain the beacon frame.
  *
  * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
  * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
  * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
  * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
  *
  * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
  *
  * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
  */
 struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                          struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                          u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length,
                                          unsigned int link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for an AP STA
  *      that is not associated with AP MLD).
  *
  * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
  *
  * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
  */
 static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                                    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                                    unsigned int link_id)
 {
         return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL, link_id);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn - request mac80211 to decrement the beacon countdown
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @link_id: valid link_id during MLO or 0 for non-MLO
  *
  * The beacon counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
  * This function is called implicitly when
  * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
  * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
  * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's beacon countdown.
  *
  * Return: new countdown value
  */
 u8 ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                   unsigned int link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn - request mac80211 to set beacon countdown
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @counter: the new value for the counter
  *
  * The beacon countdown can be changed by the device, this API should be
  * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
  *
  * It should never be used together with ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(),
  * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
  */
 void ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @link_id: valid link_id during MLO or 0 for non-MLO
  *
  * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
  * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
  * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
  */
 void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, unsigned int link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete - find out if countdown reached 1
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @link_id: valid link_id during MLO or 0 for non-MLO
  *
  * Return: %true if the countdown reached 1, %false otherwise
  */
 bool ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                          unsigned int link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_color_change_finish - notify mac80211 about color change
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @link_id: valid link_id during MLO or 0 for non-MLO
  *
  * After a color change announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
  * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
  * notify mac80211 that the color can be changed
  */
 void ieee80211_color_change_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  *
  * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
  * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
  *
  * Can only be called in AP mode.
  *
  * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
  */
 struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                         struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  *
  * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
  * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
  * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
  *
  * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
  * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
  *
  * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
  */
 struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                      struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @link_id: If the vif is an MLD, get a frame with the link addresses
  *      for the given link ID. For a link_id < 0 you get a frame with
  *      MLD addresses, however useful that might be.
  * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
  *      if at all possible
  *
  * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
  * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
  * BSSID and address is used.
  *
  * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
  * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
  *
  * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
  * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
  *
  * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
  */
 struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                        struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                        int link_id, bool qos_ok);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @src_addr: source MAC address
  * @ssid: SSID buffer
  * @ssid_len: length of SSID
  * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
  *
  * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
  * hardware.
  *
  * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
  */
 struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                        const u8 *src_addr,
                                        const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
                                        size_t tailroom);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
  * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
  * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
  *
  * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
  * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
  * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
  * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
  */
 void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                        const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
                        const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
                        struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
  *
  * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
  * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
  * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
  *
  * Return: The duration.
  */
 __le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
                               const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
  * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
  * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
  *
  * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
  * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
  * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
  * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
  */
 void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                              struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                              const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
                              const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
                              struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
  *
  * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
  * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
  * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
  *
  * Return: The duration.
  */
 __le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                     size_t frame_len,
                                     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
  * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
  * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
  *
  * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
  * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
  *
  * Return: The duration.
  */
 __le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                         struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                         enum nl80211_band band,
                                         size_t frame_len,
                                         struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  *
  * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
  * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
  * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
  * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
  * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
  *
  * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
  * frames are available.
  *
  * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
  * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
  * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
  * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
  * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
  * use common code for all beacons.
  */
 struct sk_buff *
 ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
  *
  * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
  *
  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
  * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
  * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
  */
 void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
                                u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
  *
  * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
  * from the given packet.
  *
  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
  * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
  *      with this P1K
  * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
  */
 static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
                                           struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
 {
         struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
         const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
         u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
 
         ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
  *
  * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
  * and transmitter address.
  *
  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
  * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
  * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
  * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
  */
 void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
                                const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
  *
  * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
  * in the packet.
  *
  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
  * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
  *      encrypted with this key
  * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
  */
 void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
                             struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
  *
  * @pos: start of crypto header
  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
  * @pn: PN to add
  *
  * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
  * the packet payload)
  *
  * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
  * point to the crypto header)
  */
 u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
  *
  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
  * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
  *      the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
  *      CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
  * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
  *
  * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
  * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
  * by the device and not by mac80211.
  *
  * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
  * can be done concurrently.
  */
 void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
                               int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
  *
  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
  * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
  *      the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
  *      CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
  * @seq: new sequence data
  *
  * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
  * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
  * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
  * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
  *
  * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
  * can be done concurrently.
  */
 void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
                               int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
  *
  * Context: Must be called with the wiphy mutex held.
  *
  * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
  * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
  * instead assumed to have been removed already.
  */
 void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
  * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
  * @keyconf: new key data
  * @link_id: the link id of the key or -1 for non-MLO
  *
  * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
  * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
  * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
  *
  * Return: the newly allocated key structure, which will have
  * similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
  * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
  * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
  *
  * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
  * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
  * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
  * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
  * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
  * of the reconfiguration.
  *
  * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
  * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
  *
  * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
  * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
  * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
  * the key that's being replaced.
  */
 struct ieee80211_key_conf *
 ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                         struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
                         int link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
  * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
  * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
  * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
                                 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_key_mic_failure - increment MIC failure counter for the key
  *
  * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called
  * at the same time.
  *
  * @keyconf: the key in question
  */
 void ieee80211_key_mic_failure(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_key_replay - increment replay counter for the key
  *
  * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called
  * at the same time.
  *
  * @keyconf: the key in question
  */
 void ieee80211_key_replay(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
  *
  * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
  */
 void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
  *
  * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
  */
 void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
  *
  * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_queue_stopped.
  *
  * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
  */
 
 int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  *
  * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_tx_stop_all_queues.
  */
 void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  *
  * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_tx_wake_all_queues.
  */
 void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
  *
  * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
  * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
  * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
  * any context, including hardirq context.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
  * @info: information about the completed scan
  */
 void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
  *
  * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
  * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
  */
 void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
  *
  * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
  * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
  * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
  * while associating, for instance.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
  */
 void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
  * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
  *      been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
  *      reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
  *      interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
  *      haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
  * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
  *      interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
  * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
  * @IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER: Skip any interfaces where SDATA
  *      is not in the driver.  This may fix crashes during firmware recovery
  *      for instance.
  */
 enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
         IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL     = 0,
         IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE     = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER        = BIT(2),
 };
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
  *
  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
  * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
  * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
  * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
  *
  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
  * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
  * @iterator: the iterator function to call
  * @data: first argument of the iterator function
  */
 void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
                                   void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
                                                    struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
                                   void *data);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
  *
  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
  * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
  * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
  * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
  * be used.
  * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
  *
  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
  * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
  * @iterator: the iterator function to call
  * @data: first argument of the iterator function
  */
 static inline void
 ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
                                     void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
                                                      struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
                                     void *data)
 {
         ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
                                      iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
                                      iterator, data);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
  *
  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
  * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
  * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
  * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
  * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
  *
  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
  * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
  * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
  * @data: first argument of the iterator function
  */
 void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                                 u32 iter_flags,
                                                 void (*iterator)(void *data,
                                                     u8 *mac,
                                                     struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
                                                 void *data);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx - iterate active interfaces
  *
  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
  * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
  * This version can only be used while holding the wiphy mutex.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
  * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
  * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
  * @data: first argument of the iterator function
  */
 void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                              u32 iter_flags,
                                              void (*iterator)(void *data,
                                                 u8 *mac,
                                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
                                              void *data);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
  *
  * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
  * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
  * function for them.
  * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
  *
  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
  * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
  * @data: first argument of the iterator function
  */
 void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                        void (*iterator)(void *data,
                                                 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
                                        void *data);
 /**
  * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
  *
  * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
  * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
  * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
  */
 void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
  *
  * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
  * workqueue.
  *
  * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
  * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
  * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
  */
 void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                   struct delayed_work *dwork,
                                   unsigned long delay);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_refresh_tx_agg_session_timer - Refresh a tx agg session timer.
  * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
  * @tid: the TID to BA on.
  *
  * This function allows low level driver to refresh tx agg session timer
  * to maintain BA session, the session level will still be managed by the
  * mac80211.
  *
  * Note: must be called in an RCU critical section.
  */
 void ieee80211_refresh_tx_agg_session_timer(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                             u16 tid);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
  * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
  * @tid: the TID to BA on.
  * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
  *
  * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
  *
  * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
  * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
  * will be managed by the mac80211.
  */
 int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
                                   u16 timeout);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
  * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
  * @tid: the TID to BA on.
  *
  * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
  * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
  * from any context.
  */
 void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
                                       u16 tid);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
  * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
  * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
  *
  * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
  *
  * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
  * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
  * will be managed by the mac80211.
  */
 int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
  * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
  * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
  *
  * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
  * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
  * can be called from any context.
  */
 void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
                                      u16 tid);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
  *
  * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
  * @addr: station's address
  *
  * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
  *
  * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
  * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                          const u8 *addr);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @addr: remote station's address
  * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
  *
  * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
  *
  * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
  * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
  *
  * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
  *      the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
  *      We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
  *      logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
  *      BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
  *      In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
  *      is not reliable.
  *
  * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                                const u8 *addr,
                                                const u8 *localaddr);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_find_sta_by_link_addrs - find STA by link addresses
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @addr: remote station's link address
  * @localaddr: local link address, use %NULL for any (but avoid that)
  * @link_id: pointer to obtain the link ID if the STA is found,
  *      may be %NULL if the link ID is not needed
  *
  * Obtain the STA by link address, must use RCU protection.
  *
  * Return: pointer to STA if found, otherwise %NULL.
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta *
 ieee80211_find_sta_by_link_addrs(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                  const u8 *addr,
                                  const u8 *localaddr,
                                  unsigned int *link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
  * @hw: the hardware
  * @pubsta: the station
  * @block: whether to block or unblock
  *
  * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
  * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
  * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
  * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
  * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
  *
  * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
  * manner.
  *
  * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
  * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
  * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
  * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
  * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
  * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
  * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
  * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
  * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
  * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
  * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
  * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
  * woke up while blocked or not.
  */
 void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
  * @pubsta: the station
  *
  * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
  * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
  * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
  * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
  *
  * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
  * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
  * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
  * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
  *
  * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
  *     driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
  *     you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
  *     and restore the _irqsafe version!
  */
 void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
  * @pubsta: the station
  * @tid: the tid of the NDP
  *
  * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
  * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
  * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
  * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
  * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
  * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
  * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
  * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
  * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
  * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
  * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
  * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
  * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
  * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
  */
 void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates - recalculate aggregate data after a change
  * @pubsta: the station
  *
  * Call this function after changing a per-link aggregate data as referenced in
  * &struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates by accessing the agg field of
  * &struct ieee80211_link_sta.
  *
  * With non MLO the data in deflink will be referenced directly. In that case
  * there is no need to call this function.
  */
 void ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
  *
  * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver must call
  * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
  * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
  * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
  *
  * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
  * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
  * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
  * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
  * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
  * attempts.
  *
  * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
  * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
  * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
  * them to 0.
  *
  * @pubsta: the station
  * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
  * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
  * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
  */
 void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
                                     u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_txq_airtime_check - check if a txq can send frame to device
  *
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
  *
  * Return: %true if the AQL's airtime limit has not been reached and the txq can
  * continue to send more packets to the device. Otherwise return %false.
  */
 bool
 ieee80211_txq_airtime_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
  * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
  * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
  *
  * Context: Must be called with wiphy mutex held; can sleep.
  *
  * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
  * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
  * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
  * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend.
  *
  * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
  * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
  * set_key callback.
  */
 void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                          struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                          void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                       struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                       struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
                                       void *data),
                          void *iter_data);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
  * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
  * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
  *
  * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
  * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
  * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
  * in removal process will be skipped.
  *
  * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
  * and thus iter must be atomic.
  */
 void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                              struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                              void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                           struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                           struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                           struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
                                           void *data),
                              void *iter_data);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @iter: iterator function
  * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
  *
  * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
  * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
  * places while calling into the driver.
  *
  * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
  * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
  * removed.
  *
  * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
  * before the restart are considered already present so will be
  * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
  * or not.
  */
 void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
         struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
         void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                      struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
                      void *data),
         void *iter_data);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  *
  * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
  * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
  * information. This function must only be called from within the
  * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
  * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
  * %NULL.
  *
  * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
  */
 struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                           struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  *
  * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
  * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
  */
 void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  *
  * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
  * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
  * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
  * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
  *
  * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
  * without connection recovery attempts.
  */
 void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_disconnect - request disconnection
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired
  *
  * Request disconnection from the current network and, if enabled, send a
  * hint to the higher layers that immediate reconnect is desired.
  */
 void ieee80211_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool reconnect);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  *
  * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
  * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
  * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
  * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
  * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
  *
  * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
  * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
  * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
  * disconnect normally later.
  *
  * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
  * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
  * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
  * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
  */
 void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_hw_restart_disconnect - disconnect from AP after
  * hardware restart
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  *
  * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after
  * hardware restart.
  */
 void ieee80211_hw_restart_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
  *      rssi threshold triggered
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
  * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
  * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
  * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
  */
 void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
                                s32 rssi_level,
                                gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @gfp: context flags
  */
 void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  */
 void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
  * @link_id: the link_id on which the switch was done. Ignored if success is
  *      false.
  *
  * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
  * and wake up the suspended queues.
  */
 void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success,
                              unsigned int link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_channel_switch_disconnect - disconnect due to channel switch error
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @block_tx: if %true, do not send deauth frame.
  *
  * Instruct mac80211 to disconnect due to a channel switch error. The channel
  * switch can request to block the tx and so, we need to make sure we do not send
  * a deauth frame in this case.
  */
 void ieee80211_channel_switch_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                          bool block_tx);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @link_id: link ID for MLO, or 0
  * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
  *
  * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
  * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
  * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
  */
 void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, unsigned int link_id,
                             enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  */
 void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  */
 void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
  *
  * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
  * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
  * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
  * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
  * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
  * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
  * @addr: & to bssid mac address
  */
 void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
                                   const u8 *addr);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
  * @pubsta: station struct
  * @tid: the session's TID
  * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
  *      assumed to be out of the window after the call
  * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
  * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
  *
  * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
  * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
  * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
  * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
  * (Only work correctly if @max_rx_aggregation_subframes <= 64 frames)
  */
 void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
                                           u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
                                           u16 received_mpdus);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
  *
  * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
  * buffer.
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @ra: the peer's destination address
  * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
  * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
  */
 void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
  * @addr: station mac address
  * @tid: the rx tid
  */
 void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
                                  unsigned int tid);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
  *
  * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
  * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
  * reordering.
  *
  * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
  * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
  * @addr: station mac address
  * @tid: the rx tid
  */
 static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                                       const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
 {
         if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
                 return;
         ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
  *
  * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
  * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
  * reordering.
  *
  * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
  * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
  * @addr: station mac address
  * @tid: the rx tid
  */
 static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                                      const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
 {
         if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
                 return;
         ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
  *
  * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
  * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
  *
  * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
  * @addr: station mac address
  * @tid: the rx tid
  */
 void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                    const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
 
 /* Rate control API */
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
  *
  * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
  * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
  * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
  * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
  *      to be filled in
  * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
  *      which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
  *      used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
  * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
  *      RTS threshold
  * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
  *      if the selected rate supports it
  * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
  * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
  * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
  */
 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
         struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
         struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
         struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
         struct sk_buff *skb;
         struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
         bool rts, short_preamble;
         u32 rate_idx_mask;
         u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
         bool bss;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
  */
 enum rate_control_capabilities {
         /**
          * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
          * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
          * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
          * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
          * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
          */
         RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
         /**
          * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_AMPDU_TRIGGER:
          * mac80211 should start A-MPDU sessions on tx
          */
         RATE_CTRL_CAPA_AMPDU_TRIGGER = BIT(1),
 };
 
 struct rate_control_ops {
         unsigned long capa;
         const char *name;
         void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
         void (*add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *priv,
                             struct dentry *debugfsdir);
         void (*free)(void *priv);
 
         void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
         void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                           struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                           struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
         void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                             struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                             struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
                             u32 changed);
         void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                          void *priv_sta);
 
         void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
                               struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                               void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
         void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                           struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
                           struct sk_buff *skb);
         void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
                          struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
 
         void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
                                 struct dentry *dir);
 
         u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
 };
 
 static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
                                  enum nl80211_band band,
                                  int index)
 {
         return (sta == NULL || sta->deflink.supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
 }
 
 static inline s8
 rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                   struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
 {
         int i;
 
         for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
                 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
                         return i;
 
         /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
         WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
 
         /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
         return 0;
 }
 
 static inline
 bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                               struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
 {
         unsigned int i;
 
         for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
                 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
                         return true;
         return false;
 }
 
 /**
  * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
  *
  * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
  * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
  * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
  * the most recent rate control module decision.
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
  * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
  */
 int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                            struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
                            struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
 
 int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
 void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
 
 static inline bool
 conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
 {
         return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
 }
 
 static inline bool
 conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
 {
         return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
                conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
 }
 
 static inline bool
 conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
 {
         return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
                conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
 }
 
 static inline bool
 conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
 {
         return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
 }
 
 static inline bool
 conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
 {
         return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
                 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
                 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
 }
 
 static inline enum nl80211_iftype
 ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
 {
         if (p2p) {
                 switch (type) {
                 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
                         return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
                 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
                         return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
                 default:
                         break;
                 }
         }
         return type;
 }
 
 static inline enum nl80211_iftype
 ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 {
         return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap_vif - return HE capabilities for sband/vif
  * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
  * @vif: the vif to get the iftype from
  *
  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or %NULL is none found
  */
 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap_vif(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                                 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 {
         return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif));
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa_vif - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
  * @vif: the vif to get the iftype from
  *
  * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
  */
 static inline __le16
 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa_vif(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                                struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 {
         return ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif));
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap_vif - return ETH capabilities for sband/vif
  * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
  * @vif: the vif to get the iftype from
  *
  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or %NULL is none found
  */
 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap *
 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap_vif(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                                  struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 {
         return ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif));
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
  *
  * @vif: the specified virtual interface
  * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, otherwise 0
  * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
  * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
  *
  * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
  * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
  * matching GroupId management frame.
  * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
  */
 void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, unsigned int link_id,
                                 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
 
 void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                    int rssi_min_thold,
                                    int rssi_max_thold);
 
 void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
  *
  * @vif: the specified virtual interface
  *
  * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
  *
  * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
  * applicable.
  */
 int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
  * @vif: virtual interface
  * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
  */
 void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                     struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
                                     gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @vif: virtual interface
  * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
  * @band: the band to transmit on
  * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
  *
  * Return: %true if the skb was prepared, %false otherwise
  *
  * Note: must be called under RCU lock
  */
 bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
                               int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap - Sanity-check and parse the radiotap header
  *                               of injected frames.
  *
  * To accurately parse and take into account rate and retransmission fields,
  * you must initialize the chandef field in the ieee80211_tx_info structure
  * of the skb before calling this function.
  *
  * @skb: packet injected by userspace
  * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
  *
  * Return: %true if the radiotap header was parsed, %false otherwise
  */
 bool ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap(struct sk_buff *skb,
                                  struct net_device *dev);
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
  *
  * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
  * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
  *
  * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
  *
  * private:
  *
  * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
  * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
  */
 struct ieee80211_noa_data {
         u32 next_tsf;
         bool has_next_tsf;
 
         u8 absent;
 
         u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
         struct {
                 u32 start;
                 u32 duration;
                 u32 interval;
         } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
 };
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
  *
  * @attr: P2P NoA IE
  * @data: NoA tracking data
  * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
  *
  * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
  */
 int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
                             struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
  *
  * @data: NoA tracking data
  * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
  */
 void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
  * @vif: virtual interface
  * @peer: the peer's destination address
  * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
  * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
  */
 void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
                                  enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
                                  u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
  *
  * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
  * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
  * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
  * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
  * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
  * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
  *
  * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
  * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
  * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
  *
  * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
  * @tid: the TID to reserve
  *
  * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
  */
 int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
  *
  * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
  * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
  * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
  *
  * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
  * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
  * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
  *
  * @sta: the station
  * @tid: the TID to unreserve
  */
 void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
  *      ieee80211_next_txq()
  *
  * Return: the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
  *
  * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
  * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
  * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by RCU and thus the
  * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
  * but for the duration of the frame handling.
  * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
  * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
  *
  * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called.
  * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead.
  */
 struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                      struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
  * (in process context)
  *
  * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context
  * (internally disables bottom halves).
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
  *      ieee80211_next_txq()
  *
  * Return: the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
  */
 static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                                       struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
 {
         struct sk_buff *skb;
 
         local_bh_disable();
         skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq);
         local_bh_enable();
 
         return skb;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue - mac80211 handler for wake_tx_queue callback
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from wake_tx_queue() callback().
  * @txq: pointer as obtained from wake_tx_queue() callback().
  *
  * Drivers can use this function for the mandatory mac80211 wake_tx_queue
  * callback in struct ieee80211_ops. They should not call this function.
  */
 void ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                     struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
  *
  * Return: the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
  * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
  * driver has finished scheduling it.
  */
 struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
  *
  * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
  * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
  */
 void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
 
 /* (deprecated) */
 static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
 {
 }
 
 void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
  *
  * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
  * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
  *
  * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
  * this TXQ internally.
  */
 static inline void
 ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
 {
         __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
  * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
  *
  * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
  * internally.
  */
 static inline void
 ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
                      bool force)
 {
         __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
  *
  * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
  * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
  * fairness accounting without using the scheduling order enforced by
  * next_txq().
  *
  * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
  * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
  * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
  * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
  * again.
  *
  * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
  * aligned against driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
  * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
  * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
  * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
  * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
  *
  * Return: %true if transmission is allowed, %false otherwise
  */
 bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
  *
  * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
  * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
  * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
  *
  * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
  * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
  * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
  */
 void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
                              unsigned long *frame_cnt,
                              unsigned long *byte_cnt);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
  *
  * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
  * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @inst_id: the local instance id
  * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                    u8 inst_id,
                                    enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
                                    gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
  *
  * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
  * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
  * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @match: match event information
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                               struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
                               gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for RX.
  *
  * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
  * rate information in the RX status struct and the frame length.
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @status: &struct ieee80211_rx_status containing the transmission rate
  *          information.
  * @len: frame length in bytes
  *
  * Return: the airtime estimate
  */
 u32 ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_rx_status *status,
                               int len);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for TX.
  *
  * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
  * rate information in the TX info struct and the frame length.
  *
  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
  * @info: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
  * @len: frame length in bytes
  *
  * Return: the airtime estimate
  */
 u32 ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                               struct ieee80211_tx_info *info,
                               int len);
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl - Get FILS discovery template.
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  *
  * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
  *
  * Return: FILS discovery template. %NULL on error.
  */
 struct sk_buff *ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                                   struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl - Get unsolicited broadcast
  *      probe response template.
  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  *
  * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
  *
  * Return: Unsolicited broadcast probe response template. %NULL on error.
  */
 struct sk_buff *
 ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                           struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify userland about a BSS color
  * collision.
  * @link_id: valid link_id during MLO or 0 for non-MLO
  *
  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
  * @color_bitmap: a 64 bit bitmap representing the colors that the local BSS is
  *      aware of.
  */
 void
 ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                       u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_is_tx_data - check if frame is a data frame
  *
  * The function is used to check if a frame is a data frame. Frames with
  * hardware encapsulation enabled are data frames.
  *
  * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
  *
  * Return: %true if @skb is a data frame, %false otherwise
  */
 static inline bool ieee80211_is_tx_data(struct sk_buff *skb)
 {
         struct ieee80211_tx_info *info = IEEE80211_SKB_CB(skb);
         struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (void *) skb->data;
 
         return info->flags & IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP ||
                ieee80211_is_data(hdr->frame_control);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_set_active_links - set active links in client mode
  * @vif: interface to set active links on
  * @active_links: the new active links bitmap
  *
  * Context: Must be called with wiphy mutex held; may sleep; calls
  *      back into the driver.
  *
  * This changes the active links on an interface. The interface
  * must be in client mode (in AP mode, all links are always active),
  * and @active_links must be a subset of the vif's valid_links.
  *
  * If a link is switched off and another is switched on at the same
  * time (e.g. active_links going from 0x1 to 0x10) then you will get
  * a sequence of calls like
  *
  *  - change_vif_links(0x11)
  *  - unassign_vif_chanctx(link_id=0)
  *  - change_sta_links(0x11) for each affected STA (the AP)
  *    (TDLS connections on now inactive links should be torn down)
  *  - remove group keys on the old link (link_id 0)
  *  - add new group keys (GTK/IGTK/BIGTK) on the new link (link_id 4)
  *  - change_sta_links(0x10) for each affected STA (the AP)
  *  - assign_vif_chanctx(link_id=4)
  *  - change_vif_links(0x10)
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
  */
 int ieee80211_set_active_links(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 active_links);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_set_active_links_async - asynchronously set active links
  * @vif: interface to set active links on
  * @active_links: the new active links bitmap
  *
  * See ieee80211_set_active_links() for more information, the only
  * difference here is that the link change is triggered async and
  * can be called in any context, but the link switch will only be
  * completed after it returns.
  */
 void ieee80211_set_active_links_async(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
                                       u16 active_links);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_send_teardown_neg_ttlm - tear down a negotiated TTLM request
  * @vif: the interface on which the tear down request should be sent.
  *
  * This function can be used to tear down a previously accepted negotiated
  * TTLM request.
  */
 void ieee80211_send_teardown_neg_ttlm(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 
 /* for older drivers - let's not document these ... */
 int ieee80211_emulate_add_chanctx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                   struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
 void ieee80211_emulate_remove_chanctx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
 void ieee80211_emulate_change_chanctx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
                                       u32 changed);
 int ieee80211_emulate_switch_vif_chanctx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
                                          struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
                                          int n_vifs,
                                          enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
 
 #endif /* MAC80211_H */